CN103481666A - Cartridge and printing material supply system - Google Patents

Cartridge and printing material supply system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN103481666A
CN103481666A CN201310331964.XA CN201310331964A CN103481666A CN 103481666 A CN103481666 A CN 103481666A CN 201310331964 A CN201310331964 A CN 201310331964A CN 103481666 A CN103481666 A CN 103481666A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
box
terminal
equipment side
plane
equipment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN201310331964.XA
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN103481666B (en
Inventor
儿玉秀俊
野泽泉
水谷忠弘
松崎一俊
原田和政
中田聪
河田秀峰
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Seiko Epson Corp
Original Assignee
Seiko Epson Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2012/001395 external-priority patent/WO2013105142A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/410,478 external-priority patent/US8297739B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2012189836A external-priority patent/JP2013163364A/en
Application filed by Seiko Epson Corp filed Critical Seiko Epson Corp
Publication of CN103481666A publication Critical patent/CN103481666A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN103481666B publication Critical patent/CN103481666B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0822Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
    • G03G15/0865Arrangements for supplying new developer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/1752Mounting within the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17506Refilling of the cartridge
    • B41J2/17509Whilst mounted in the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • B41J2/1753Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17543Cartridge presence detection or type identification
    • B41J2/17546Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17553Outer structure
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2221/00Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
    • G03G2221/16Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
    • G03G2221/1678Frame structures
    • G03G2221/1684Frame structures using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges

Abstract

The present invention relates to a cartridge and printing material supply system. The cartridge (20) comprises an ink supply structure (280), a terminal bearing structure (408), and a first restriction portion (210). The terminal bearing structure (408) has terminals (400) arranged in a terminal plane which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to a plane defined by a mounting direction leading edge of the ink supply structure (280), so that the contact portions of the terminals (400) receive a force in a direction opposite (RD) from the mounting direction. An engagement portion of the first restriction portion (210) is provided at a position adjacent to the terminal bearing structure (408).

Description

Box and printing material supply system
It is dividing an application of December 26, application number in 2012 are 201280003040.0, denomination of invention is " box and printing material supply system " application for a patent for invention that the application is based on the applying date.
the cross reference of related application
This application requires the priority of following patent application, by reference they all are combined in here: the Japanese patent application No.2012-003694 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003698 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003653 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003652 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-189836 that on August 30th, 2012 submits, the U.S. Patent application No.13/410461 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits, the U.S. Patent application No.13/410478 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits, the PCT patent application No.PCT/JP2012/001395 that the U.S. Patent application No.13/410528 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits and on March 1st, 2012 submit.
Technical field
The present invention relates to the combination of box, box and printing equipment (or its part) and/or comprise box and the printing material supply system of printing equipment.
Background technology
Having proposed various mechanisms is installed to box printing equipment or unloads from it.The example of these mechanisms is open in following file: the open No.2005/0151811 (it is corresponding to JP-A-2007-230249) of United States Patent (USP), U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 (it is corresponding to JP-A-2005-022345), U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 (it is corresponding to JP-A-2002-019142), United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, United States Patent (USP) 6,074, and 042 and U.S. Patent No. 7,018,030.
Summary of the invention
Technical problem
U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 discloses the box with deadlock lever 3 and electric contact terminal liner 102.Bar 3 comprises the anchor portion 6 for engaging with printing machine.This anchor portion 6 is arranged as away from contact pad designed 102.Because anchor portion 6 is away from the box terminal, thus with printing machine only engage can for the box terminal with respect to the location of each printing terminal accurately and stablely provide limited contribution.
In addition, the bar 3 in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 needs long enough, and position that can be approaching by the user with arrival, make the user to operate on it.This bar 3 also stretches out to a distant place away from the sidewall of box.This large rod guidance causes larger box, larger box also cause box to be installed on it and the printing machine size pulled down from it larger, and cause for transportation and to sell the packaging volume of box large, this then increased the cost of transportation and parts.
Equally, the box structure that anchor portion 6 is connected to the box side terminal comprises the flexible portion of bar 3.Although anchor portion 6 can engage securely with printing machine, the vibration produced during printing operation may be delivered to by the flexible portion of bar 3 the box terminal, and therefore may affect the location of box terminal with respect to the printing terminal.Worry especially this point for balladeur train above formula print cartridge (such as those disclosed print cartridge in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811), because they are installed on the balladeur train of printing machine, and print head is installed on this balladeur train.In balladeur train above formula printing machine, balladeur train is being carried out flyback retrace during printing operation on printed medium.Except other vibrations that produce during printing, the print cartridge in balladeur train also stands great acceleration when each change scanning direction.
Bar and box in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 form, and can strain.Utilize this structure, for the manufacture of the material of box, be limited to such material: it has sufficient mouldability for manufacturing this structure, and also has for bar can be out of shape required sufficient flexibility and durability during with printing machine, engaging and unload.
Bar can plastic deformation under user's operation.This plastic deformation of bar may cause the position mispairing between box side terminal and printing machine side terminal, and this may cause poor electrical connectivity.Plastic deformation has also reduced the durability of bar.Equally, need to during the encapsulation of box, take special measure (as in U.S. Patent No. 7,018,030 in those disclosed) to prevent stopping bar (particularly when box is packaged into Vacuum Package) creep when box is packed.
U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 disclose a kind of box that does not have any memory or electric terminal.Because such box does not need to be electrically connected to printing machine, requiredly do not need to comprise stable position and the structure of aiming at or the structure that keeps box terminal and printing machine terminal.
In addition, box is installed to printing machine by the blocking mechanism 132 (in U.S. Patent No. 6,276, open in Fig. 9 to 16 of 780) be arranged on printing machine.The direction that the box side locking inclined-plane 220 engaged with blocking mechanism 132 is removed from printing machine along box is away from the pivotal axis of blocking mechanism 132.Therefore, the direction removed from printing machine along box when elastic component 156 or compression stress seal 152 is (by U.S. Patent No. 6,276, arrow X in Figure 12 of 780 means) while to box, applying power, this power can easily be converted to the power that engages of releasing retaining part 134 with box locking inclined-plane 220, makes box to separate with printing machine between the operating period at printing machine.Because in U.S. Patent No. 6,276, in 780, disclosed joint construction has the potential risk that box separates from printing machine, so it is not suitable for at the disclosed structure of U.S. open file No.2005/0151811, this structure needs suitable contact the between box terminal and printing machine terminal.In addition, contacting between the box in the structure in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 and printing machine terminal transversely is applied to box from the terminal of printing machine by power, makes box transversely to move.U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 blocking mechanism 132 is not suitable for the box of U.S. open file No.2005/0151811, and at least due to following reason: it can not mate with the transverse shifting of box, makes blocking mechanism 132 break away from from box.
United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 discloses the print cartridge with electric contact 54.As its accompanying drawing 12A to as shown in Figure 13 B, the leading edge place on the direction of electric contact 54 in box being installed to printing machine.Utilize this structure, when box is installed in printing machine, the electric contact 104 of the electric contact of box 54 and the spring biasing of printing machine smooth against.Metal oxide, oil or other non-conductive material in the outer surface of metal electric contact 54 may be sandwiched between between the conducting metal and printing machine electric contact of box, may affect the electric connection between box and printing machine.
United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 for example disclose the box 1 with storage device 7 at its Fig. 2 a in Fig. 2 d, and this storage device has electrode 7a.Electrode 7a is arranged as substantially parallel with the direction of box insertion printing machine.By this structure, printer electrodes 106 is along surface sliding one long distance of circuit board (having formed electrode 7a on it).The surface of circuit board is covered by the electric insulation resin material usually.When printer electrodes 106 scraping printed circuit board (PCB), they may damage this insulant, make the fragment of insulant peel off from printed circuit board (PCB).This insulant fragment may be stuck between printer electrodes 106 and box electrode 7a, and becomes the reason that causes the electric connection poor or in other cases unreliablely between printing machine and box.
As United States Patent (USP) 6, Fig. 5 of 955,422 is to shown in Fig. 6 B, and printing machine has sheet spring 103, it applies the exerting pressure of surface of pressing storage device 7 against printer electrodes 106 when box is installed in printing machine, and when box is pulled out from printing machine, box 1 is moved up.
U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 discloses the elastic component 40 be arranged on printing machine in Fig. 5.When box is installed in printing machine fully, the lower end 40a of elastic component 40 has located the place, top of electrode 14 against flat surfaces 12a on its of ledge 12.Between lower end 40b and flat surfaces 12a against having limited moving up of ledge 12.Yet, U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 structure does not comprise the device of near ledge 12, locating, moving down for limiting ledge 12.Therefore, ledge 12 is at printing machine operating period vertical vibrating very freely, and therefore electrode may or disconnect with the mispairing of printing machine terminal.
In the situation that there are the various mechanisms for installing and unloading, need to reduce the overall size of printing machine, to obtain better usability and the convenience of installation.In order to reduce the size of printing machine, usually be necessary to reduce to form a large amount of assemblies of printing machine and the size of related elements.These assemblies and related elements comprise the box that is installed to printing machine and for the box mounting structure of mounting box.
In order to improve the use of printing machine, for example, about the information that is contained in the printing material in the box information of the surplus of printing material (, about), usually be displayed on the monitor of printing machine.The box that is installed to this printing machine has circuit board usually, and this circuit board has the memory about the information of printing material for storage.Circuit board has for information being sent to printing machine or receiving the terminal (box side terminal) of information from it.About the information of printing material between the controller of memory and printing machine by these box side terminals and terminal (equipment side terminal) on printing machine contact transmit.Therefore be necessary to keep the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
As described above, also there do not is the known mechanisms that meets these requirements in complete acceptable mode.
This problem is not limited to the box held for the ink of printing, usually can also at any printing equipment and/or be constructed to provide or discharge for example, box such as various other printing materials (, ink powder) of ink.
Therefore, need to guarantee that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.Also need to obtain box, the printing machine of size reduction and comprise the printing machine material supply system of the box that is installed to printing machine.
The solution of problem
In order more suitably to realize at least a portion of aforementioned content, the invention provides following various aspects and embodiment.
First aspect:
A kind of box that is releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it can be positioned at the anterior of box mounting structure and be set to and intersect with equipment side diapire member; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with the first equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also comprise the printing material supply pipe, and it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire member, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in box to the end.Equipment can also comprise a plurality of equipment side terminals, and it is arranged on office, equipment side bight, at this place's equipment side diapire member and first (front portion) equipment side side wall member, intersects.Equipment can also comprise bar, and it rotatably is arranged on first (front portion) equipment side side wall member, box is installed to printing equipment or unloads from it being used to.Here, Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, and X-axis means to arrange printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis.+ Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis, and it can be upward direction.-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary.+ X-direction means the direction along X-axis from the printing material supply pipe to the equipment side terminal, and it can be forward direction.-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary.+ Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and it can be lateral, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end.Equipment can also be constructed to be installed under the installment state of box mounting structure at box, and the equipment side terminal contacts with box, so that power is applied to box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition.Bar can have at+the control member of Z-direction end place (it can be top) and at-first equipment side the limiting element of Z-direction end place (it can be bottom), box is carried out to locking the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus.Bar can be constructed to rotate as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element.Here, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis with respect to the box under installment state X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis corresponding to box.Box can comprise: on the first surface on be positioned at-Z-direction side and be positioned at+Z-direction side second, these two faces on Z-direction toward each other; Fourth face on be positioned at+X-direction side the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side, these two faces intersect toward each other and with first surface and second on X-direction; Angle part, it is arranged as first surface is connected with the 3rd; Chamfered surface, its be set to form angle part a part and to comprise+X-direction composition and-specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts.The printing material Supply Structure can be arranged on first surface, to be connected with the printing material supply pipe.A plurality of box side terminals can be set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and be positioned on chamfered surface, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from the equipment side terminal.Due to the inclined-plane at contact area, also can have-X-direction of power composition.Box can also comprise the first box lateral confinement part processed, and it is constructed to by the first equipment side limiting element locking and the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus.
Above structure can have the one or both in two features in following two embodiment.In one embodiment, supplementary features are that the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches the 3rd cross section intersected with chamfered surface on the 3rd.In another embodiment, the box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And second terminal, it comprises the second outside of be positioned at-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
Box according to a first aspect of the invention has the first box lateral confinement part processed engaged with the bar of printing equipment.Because bar is not manufactured integratedly with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, the material of box can still less considered flexible and life requirement and more pay close attention under the state of other characteristics (such as the durability to ink) and select.Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastic and resin can be used to manufacture different assemblies.
Equally, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.
Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.
Because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.In installment state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, and this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of poor telecommunication.In the box of first aspect, because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has improved the convenience that the user experiences and uses.
In the box of the first embodiment according to first aspect, the first box lateral confinement element processed can be arranged on bar rotating shaft-the Z-direction side on.Even applying from the equipment side terminal while carrying out constrained box moving on+Z-direction along the power of comprise+Z-direction composition, bar is used for the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, has guaranteed that thus the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal, and has reduced poor successional possibility.When the power along-X-direction is applied to from the equipment side terminal box be mounted, the first equipment side restricted part can be along with box the movement on-X-direction and moving around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this bonding part that has reduced the first box lateral confinement system part separates from the first equipment side restricted part.
In the box according to first aspect, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches cross section on the 3rd.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure by the position approaching the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.This has reduced the possibility of box side terminal with respect to the mispairing of equipment side terminal position, and has reduced the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the situation that box comes off, the first box lateral confinement system partly prevents that the box side terminal from directly clashing into for example floor surface, and contributes to thus to protect the box side terminal that it is not damaged.Especially, when the box side terminal is installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this has protected fragile memory cell that it is not damaged, and has strengthened shockproof effect.The first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on to the position that approaches cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in the position that more approaches first surface.This makes it possible to reduce box and the size of printing equipment on Z-direction.
Second aspect:
According to the box of first aspect, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches the 3rd cross section intersected with chamfered surface.
In the box according to second aspect, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches cross part.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure by the position approaching the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.The first box lateral confinement system has partly prevented the position mispairing of box side terminal with respect to the equipment side terminal.Therefore, the first box lateral confinement system has partly reduced the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the situation that box comes off, the first box lateral confinement system has partly reduced the box side terminal and has directly clashed into for example possibility of floor surface, and contributes to thus to protect the box side terminal that it is not damaged.Especially, when the box side terminal is installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this has protected fragile memory cell that it is not damaged, and has strengthened shockproof effect.When the first box lateral confinement system partly forms jut, shockproof effect is further strengthened.The first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on to the position that approaches cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in the position that more approaches first surface.This makes it possible to reduce box and the size of printing equipment on Z-direction.
The third aspect:
The corresponding box according to any one of first aspect and/or second aspect, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the position intersected with the central authorities of width through box or Y direction length and the plane (plane Yc) parallel with X-axis with Z axis.
When box is installed in printing machine, box receives along the power of the direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from the equipment side terminal, and the first box lateral confinement system part is exerted pressure towards the first equipment side restricted part of bar by this power.By the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on to the position intersected with plane Yc, even box is moved around X-axis or Z axis by externally applied forces, near the part of the first box lateral confinement system part position intersected with plane Yc will can move hardly.The first box lateral confinement system that it should be noted that partly is disposed in the edge that approaches cross part, circuit board or the position of these two.Partly be arranged on extremely the position near the box side terminal by the first box lateral confinement system that will move hardly, can so that being electrically connected between box side terminal and equipment side terminal stablize.
Fourth aspect:
Fourth aspect is above-described embodiment, and wherein, the box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And second terminal, it comprises the second outside that is positioned at-Y direction end, wherein, at least a portion of the first box lateral confinement system part on Y direction between first outside and the second outside, and as above may be embodied as absolute version, or together implement with above-described embodiment of above-mentioned first aspect.
In the box according to fourth aspect, at least a portion of the first box lateral confinement system part is between the first outside and the second outside.This first box lateral confinement system that will have less motion partly is positioned at the position that approaches very much the box side terminal, has guaranteed that thus the stable electrical between box side terminal and contact member connects.
The 5th aspect:
According to the box of fourth aspect, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
Some equipment side terminals can be more outstanding than other terminals.In example shown in Figure 31, terminal 731 is more outstanding.When box is installed on printing machine, the box side terminal will receive from the equipment side terminal power of have+Z-direction composition.As compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it for example, with contacting of some equipment side terminals (terminal in Figure 31 734) may be improper.By the first box lateral confinement system partly being positioned on width fully in the inboard of terminal, box can sufficiently tilt, with adjust the deflection surface towards direction, so being electrically connected between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be more stable.These benefits are also about the structure of above-described embodiment.
The 6th aspect:
According to any one described box in first aspect to the five aspects, also comprise the second box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by the second equipment side limiting element locking be arranged on the second equipment side side wall member, and the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus, and the second box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on fourth face.
There is the second box lateral confinement part processed on fourth face according to the box of the 6th aspect, the motion with constrained box on+Z-direction, with from+X-direction end and-motion of constrained box on+Z-direction carried out in X-direction end both sides.This further prevents each box side terminal with respect to the position mispairing of box mounting structure and has further guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
The 7th aspect:
According to the box of the 6th aspect, wherein, the second box lateral confinement system is partly jut, to be inserted in the first equipment side limiting element that forms depression or through hole.
In the box according to aspect the 7th, provide the rotation pivotal point by the second box lateral confinement partial insertion processed to the second equipment side restricted part, with near the rotation around the second box lateral confinement system part by box.This contributes to box is installed to box mounting structure and removes from it.
Eight aspect:
According to any one the described box in first aspect to the seven aspects, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system partly be positioned at bar rotating shaft-the X-direction side on.
At the box according to eight aspect, in installment state, the first box lateral confinement system part produces rotating torques on bar, so that bar is rotated along the rotating shaft around bar on the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.This has reduced the first restricted part and has removed the possibility of locking from the first equipment side limiting element, and has further guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.Even receive the power along-X-direction at box from the equipment side terminal, when moving along-X-direction, along-X-direction, move together with the movement of the first equipment side limiting element and box.This movement has reduced the first box lateral confinement system part and has removed the possibility of locking from the first equipment side limiting element.
The 9th aspect:
Box according to eight aspect, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system partly has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, the first of the first bearing part and the first equipment side limiting element leans, motion with constrained box on+Z-direction, and the second portion of the second bearing part and the first equipment side limiting element leans, the motion with constrained box on+X-direction.
In the box according to aspect the 9th, the first box lateral confinement system partly has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, and has therefore guaranteed to produce rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.This has further reduced the first box lateral confinement system part and has removed the possibility of locking from the first equipment side limiting element, and has more effectively prevented the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
The tenth aspect:
According to any one the described box in first aspect to the nine aspects, also comprise: jut, it is constructed to lean with the control member of bar, and the process unloaded from box mounting structure at the box by being installed to box mounting structure, receive the power of comprise+Z-direction composition from box mounting structure, and jut be arranged in the 3rd upper the first box lateral confinement system partly+the Z-direction side.
Also there is jut according to the box of the tenth aspect.By using control member and the jut of bar, can easily box be removed from box mounting structure.
The tenth on the one hand:
According to any one the described box in first aspect to the ten aspects, wherein, angle part has the step extended from first surface along+Z-direction, step be positioned at chamfered surface-X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on, and step has and contacted the 3rd box lateral confinement of the 3rd equipment side limiting element element processed be arranged on box mounting structure, the motion with constrained box on Y direction.
In the box according to the tenth one side, the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed is set, the motion of its constrained box on Y direction in the office, bight with the box side terminal.This has limited the 3rd motion of side on Y direction of box in the installment state of box.
The 12 aspect:
Box according to the tenth one side, wherein, the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed comprises a pair of haunched member, and it is constructed to receive from equipment side diapire member along+the 3rd equipment side limiting element that Z-direction is outstanding, and a pair of haunched member from step along+X-direction is outstanding.
In the box according to aspect the 12, the 3rd side the moving on Y direction that provides the simple structure from step along the+a pair of haunched member that X-direction is outstanding to limit box the installment state of box.
The tenth three aspects::
According to the tenth on the one hand and the described box of any one in the 12 aspect, when from first surface along+Z-direction observation box, a part and the chamfered surface of the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed are overlapping.
In the box according to the tenth three aspects:, the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed and chamfered surface are positioned as each other and partly overlap.This 3rd side that has further limited box on Y direction around the motion of printing material supply pipe.
The 14 aspect:
According to any one described box in first aspect to the ten three aspects :s, the printing material Supply Structure be arranged on first surface than the specific location that approaches the 3rd face and more approach fourth face.
There is the ink feed structure of orientating as than approaching the 3rd face and more approach fourth face according to the box of the 14 aspect.Than the ink feed structure, orientate as than approaching fourth face and more approach the structure of the 3rd, this Structure Decreasing printing material adhere to the possibility on the box side terminal.This has reduced the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
The 15 aspect:
According to any one described box in first aspect to the 14 aspects, the first box lateral confinement system is partly jut.
According to the box of the 14 aspect, provide the first box lateral confinement system part as jut, it can have little size and simple structure.
The 16 aspect:
According to any one described box in first aspect to the 15 aspects, the box side terminal comprises the box side joint ground terminal contacted with the equipment side ground terminal of equipment side terminal, the equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and box side joint ground terminal is arranged on the width of box or the centre of Y direction length, and be constructed in box is installed to the process of box mounting structure, any other box side terminal with the equipment side ground terminal, contact before corresponding equipment side terminal contacts.
In the box according to aspect the 16, the power that at first from box mounting structure, is applied to the box side terminal is created in the basic central authorities of the width of box or Y direction length.This has prevented that the power that is applied to the box side terminal from playing a role and box is tilted to Y direction, has guaranteed that thus the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.Before other box side terminals and corresponding equipment side termination contact, box side joint ground terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side ground terminal.Even when the high voltage of not expecting is applied to box, the grounding function of box side joint ground terminal still can advantageously prevent or reduce temperature and fault that high voltage causes.
The 17 aspect:
According to the box of the 16 aspect, wherein, the Z-direction length of box side joint ground terminal is greater than the Z-direction length of other box side terminal.
Guaranteed contacting between box side joint ground terminal and equipment side ground terminal according to the box of the 17 aspect.
The tenth eight aspect:
A kind of box that is releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, it is constructed to allow to install and unload box, the printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on the bottom surface of box mounting structure, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in box to the end, a plurality of equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with box, and bar, it is set to be used to install and unload box, wherein, Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from the printing material supply pipe to the equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein, at box, be installed under the installment state of box mounting structure, the equipment side terminal contacts with box, so that power is applied to box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, box is carried out to locking the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus, bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element, wherein, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis be the X-axis corresponding to box with respect to the box under installment state, Y-axis and Z axis.Box comprises: the ink feed structure, its be positioned at box-Z-direction end place, to be connected with the printing material supply pipe; Circuit board, its be positioned at the ink feed structure+the X-direction side on and have to comprise+X-direction composition and-surface that the specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts; A plurality of box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and is positioned on the surface of circuit board, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from the equipment side terminal; And the first box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by the first equipment side limiting element locking and the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus, and its be positioned at the printing material Supply Structure+the X-direction side on.
Above structure can have the one or both in two features in following two embodiment.In one embodiment, supplementary features are that the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches the plate end, the plate end be positioned at circuit board surface+the Z-direction side on.In another embodiment, the box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And second terminal, it comprises the second outside of be positioned at-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
There is according to the box of the tenth eight aspect the first box lateral confinement part processed that the lever lock by printing equipment stops.The first box lateral confinement system partly be positioned at bar rotating shaft-the Z-direction side on.This structure does not need to have any engagement member as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect between the rotating shaft of bar and control member, and has and the similar beneficial effect of those boxes according to first aspect.For example, according to the box of the tenth eight aspect, shortened the distance between bar and box, allowed thus to reduce printing equipment and comprise box and the size of the whole printing material supply system of printing equipment on X-direction.
In the box according to the tenth eight aspect, the first box lateral confinement system partly be arranged on bar rotating shaft-the Z-direction side on.This makes it possible to the motion on+Z-direction of as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect constrained box, and has and the similar beneficial effect restriction of those boxes according to first aspect.For example, this has guaranteed more stable be electrically connected between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced poor continuity.
According to following examples, in this embodiment: the box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And second terminal, it comprises the second outside of be positioned at-Y direction end, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.This makes it possible to the direction that meticulous adjusting is provided with the chamfered surface of box side terminal on it, similar with the box according to the first embodiment.Even in the position of each equipment side terminal or the inclined-plane of the first box lateral confinement system part owing to manufacturing wrong the change, the intense adjustment of this bevel direction has guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
According to following examples, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the plate end on be positioned at+Z-direction side, and in this embodiment: the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches the plate end, the plate end be positioned at circuit board surface+the Z-direction side on.In other words, the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged to and approaches as far as possible the box side terminal.Because the first box lateral confinement system part is stopped by lever lock, so can not having position by the external force that is applied to box substantially, the periphery of the first box lateral confinement system part moves.The box side terminal is arranged on to the position of moving minimum position and has prevented the position mispairing of each box side terminal with respect to box mounting structure, kept thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
The 19 aspect:
A kind of printing material supply system, it comprises: printing equipment, and, according to any one described box in first aspect to the ten eight aspect, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, and it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member, (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member, and (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with the first equipment side side wall member, the printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire member, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in box to the end, a plurality of equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side bight, at this place's equipment side diapire member and the first equipment side side wall member, intersects, and bar, it rotatably is arranged on the first equipment side side wall member, box is installed to printing equipment or unloads from it being used to, wherein, Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from the printing material supply pipe to the equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein, at box, be installed under the installment state of box mounting structure, the equipment side terminal contacts with box, so that power is applied to box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, box is carried out to locking the motion of constrained box on+Z-direction thus, bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element.
According to the printing material supply system of the 19 aspect, comprise according to any one described box in first aspect to the ten eight aspect, to allow reducing the size of printing material supply system in X-direction and Z-direction on the two, and reduce the possibility of the first equipment side limiting element from the first box lateral confinement past release locking processed.This has guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal, and has reduced poor continuity.
As be appreciated by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the invention relate to the combination of print cartridge, print cartridge and printing equipment or the part of printing equipment, wherein, print cartridge is installed to equipment and the system that is suitable for ink is provided to printing equipment, wherein this system comprise printing equipment (or its part) and/or wherein this system do not comprise printing equipment.
In one embodiment of the invention, disclose a kind of print cartridge that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, the ink-jet printing apparatus that print cartridge is installed on it comprises the bar with bonding part.Printing equipment preferably includes a plurality of equipment side contacts and forms member, and it is constructed and arranged to after box is installed on printing equipment, when print cartridge is formed when member is exerted pressure elastic force is applied to print cartridge by the equipment side contact.Print cartridge preferably includes: box body, it comprises front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface, front portion or first surface and rear portion or second surface toward each other and top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface toward each other.Print cartridge comprises for holding the ink chamber of ink.Print cartridge also preferably includes electronic installation.Print cartridge also comprises the ink feed structure, it is positioned at bottom or the 4th surface of box body, the ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, place, ,Gai plane, the plane ink feed structure that leading edge defines print cartridge is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber.Print cartridge can also comprise terminal support structure, and it orientates immediately front portion or the first surface of box body as, and terminal support structure has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal be connected with electronic installation wherein.When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to form that member contacts and receive elastic force from it with contacting.Terminal is arranged in the terminal plane substantially, and the terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel limited by leading edge yet.Print cartridge preferably includes the first restricted part, and it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, and with the motion of restriction print cartridge on the direction contrary with installation direction, the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably located and is positioned at the terminal support structure vicinity.
In one embodiment, terminal plane and the angle into about 20 to 50 degree, the plane that limited by leading edge, preferably from approximately 25 spending to 40 degree.
Terminal support structure and printing equipment to intersect for mounting box suitably be very important.As discussed here, by angled cooperation, box can be accepted upwards and power backward.These power contribute to box is held in place.
In one embodiment, when the front portion of observing box body under the prone state of ink feed structure or first surface, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals and a plurality of terminals.
In one embodiment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact site office at terminal, forms member and contacts and receive elastic force with contacting.Contact portion is disposed in the contact portion plane substantially.In this embodiment, when the front portion of observing box body under the prone state of ink feed structure or first surface, the bonding part that the bonding part of the first restricted part can be positioned at the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals and a plurality of terminals.In one embodiment, the angle contact portion plane and plane Cheng Yue 25 to 40 degree that limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, box also is included in the rear portion of print cartridge or the second restricted part on second surface.The second restricted part preferably is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus.In this embodiment, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be greater than the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge between distance.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between distance.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure, when box is mounted, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, when the front portion at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure or first surface, at least a portion of the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge substantially.
In a preferred embodiment, the plane limited by leading edge is in bottom or the 4th lower face.In other embodiments, it is concordant with bottom.In other embodiment, its in bottom or the 4th surface recessed.
In one embodiment, disclose a kind of ink supply system that ink feed is arrived to ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, ink-jet printing apparatus comprises that a plurality of equipment sides contacts form members.Ink supply system preferably includes ink chamber and the ink feed structure for holding ink, and it is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber.The ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and leading edge defines plane.The ink feed structure preferably includes electronic installation.Ink supply system can also comprise terminal support structure, it has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminals, when the ink feed structure arrives printing equipment by ink feed, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact site office at terminal, forms the member contact and receives elastic force from it with contacting.Ink supply system can also comprise the first restricted part, and it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar on printing equipment, with restriction terminal support structure and the motion of terminal on the direction contrary with installation direction on it.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably orientated as with terminal support structure contiguous.When the ink feed structure arrives printing equipment by ink feed, terminal can be arranged in the terminal plane substantially, and this terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel limited by leading edge yet.Perhaps, terminal support structure determine this plane and/or this plane by with printing equipment on the contacted terminal of each structure limit.
In an embodiment of system, when the ink feed structure by ink feed when the printing equipment, terminal plane and the angle of the plane limited by leading edge into about 20 to 50 degree, preferably from approximately 25 spending to 40 degree.
In an embodiment of system, when the ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed when the printing equipment, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals and a plurality of terminals.
In an embodiment of system, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact site office at terminal, forms that member contacts and receive elastic force from it with contacting.Contact portion is arranged in the contact portion plane substantially.When the ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed when the printing equipment, the bonding part of the first restricted part can be positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals and a plurality of terminals.Contact portion can limit with the plane limited by leading edge and be the angle that exceeds 0 degree and be less than 90 degree.When the ink feed structure arrives printing equipment by ink feed, the plane limited by contact portion preferably becomes to exceed 20 degree with the plane limited by leading edge and is less than the angle of 50 degree.
In one embodiment, the ink feed structure also comprises main body, and it comprises front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, and front portion or first surface and rear portion or second surface are toward each other.Ink supply system can also comprise rear portion or the second surface restricted part (it is known as the second restricted part) immediately with main body, and with front portion or first surface terminal support structure immediately.The second restricted part can comprise bonding part, and it is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus.When the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is greater than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, the second restricted part can with the rear portion of main body or second surface immediately, terminal support structure and front portion or first surface are immediately, the second restricted part is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is greater than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be less than when ink supply system by ink feed the distance the pivotal point of bar and the plane that limited by leading edge during to printing equipment.
In one embodiment, when ink supply system by ink feed to the bonding part of printing equipment, the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane when downward, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, ink supply system comprises and terminal support structure main body immediately, and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment by ink feed, at least a portion of the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the width centre of main body substantially.
In one embodiment, ink supply system also comprises adapter, wherein, ink feed structure, terminal support structure and the first restricted part) be positioned on adapter, and ink chamber is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter.In another embodiment, ink supply system also comprises adapter, and wherein, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and the ink feed structure is positioned in ink chamber and ink chamber is suitable for and be constructed to coordinate with adapter.Perhaps, system also comprises adapter, the ink tank outside ink-jet printing apparatus, pipeline and auxiliary adapter, wherein, the ink feed structure is positioned on auxiliary adapter, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment by ink feed, pipeline is fed to auxiliary adapter by ink from outer pot.
In one embodiment, system comprises main body, and main body comprises top and bottom, and toward each other, wherein, the plane limited by leading edge flushes substantially with bottom for top and bottom.
The present invention is not limited to the combination of box, print cartridge and above-mentioned printing equipment or printing material supply system, but can there be other different aspects to implement, for example, fluid cartridge, liquid container, printing material housing device, box adapter, circuit board, printing equipment, liquid injection device and comprise liquid injection device and the liquid delivery system of fluid cartridge.The present invention is not limited to above aspect, but can make various changes and modifications for these aspects, and does not exceed scope of the present invention.When stating the combination of print cartridge and printing equipment and/or ink-jet printing apparatus, be to be understood that print cartridge is assembled, install or be arranged on printing equipment.
When engaging the accompanying drawing reading, the above description of aforementioned summary content and embodiment will become clearer, and similar Reference numeral means similar assembly in the accompanying drawings.In order to illustrate the application's equipment, some embodiment shown in the drawings.Yet be to be understood that, the application is not limited to illustrated accurate layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment, and illustrated layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment can be used alone or be combined with other layouts, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment.
Accompanying drawing there is no need proportionally to draw, and never limits the scope of the invention, but only in order to clarify single illustrated embodiment of the present invention.In the accompanying drawings:
The accompanying drawing explanation
Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system;
Fig. 2 shows the stereogram with the keeper that is installed to the box on it;
Fig. 3 shows the stereogram with the keeper that is installed to the box on it;
Fig. 4 shows the top view with the keeper that is installed to the box on it;
Fig. 5 is the sectional view of getting along the line F4-F4 in Fig. 4;
Fig. 5 A shows the sectional view with the keeper that is installed to the box on it;
It is how from box, to be applied to bar that Fig. 6 A shows power;
It is how from box, to be applied to bar that Fig. 6 B shows power;
Fig. 7 shows the stereogram of the structure of box;
Fig. 8 is the upward view of box;
Fig. 9 is the sectional view of obtaining along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8;
Fig. 9 A shows the figure when box box and bar during for its installation site;
Figure 10 A shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
Figure 11 is the rearview of box;
Figure 12 is the front view of box;
Figure 13 is the left view of box;
Figure 14 is the stereogram of the structure of keeper;
Figure 15 is the stereogram of the structure of keeper;
Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper;
Figure 17 is the sectional view that the line F16-F16 along Figure 16 obtains;
Figure 18 is the stereogram of contact mechanism;
Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar;
Figure 20 shows the sectional view of the axis body of the bar of obtaining along the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis;
Figure 21 is the stereogram of bar;
Figure 22 is the exploded perspective view of keeper and the stereogram of bar;
Figure 23 shows the sectional view of structure of periphery that is installed to the installment state king-rod of keeper at box;
Figure 24 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
Figure 25 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
Figure 26 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
Figure 27 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
Figure 27 A is the close up view that is installed to the box of keeper;
Figure 27 B is the close up view that is installed to the box of keeper;
Figure 28 shows the block diagram of electronic structure;
Figure 29 shows being connected between circuit board and mounting testing circuit;
Figure 30 shows the external force that is applied to box in installment state;
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment of the direction on inclined-plane;
Figure 32 A shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 B shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 C shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 D shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 E shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 F shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 33 shows the printing machine according to the second embodiment;
Figure 34 shows the stereogram according to the outward appearance of the box of the 3rd embodiment;
Figure 35 A shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 B shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 C shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 D shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 E shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 F shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 G shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 H shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment;
Figure 35 I shows the concept map of the box with lengthwise terminal;
Figure 35 J shows the concept map of the box with the contact mechanism that is arranged in the circuit board outside;
Figure 36 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box of the adapter of an embodiment;
Figure 37 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box of the adapter of another embodiment;
Figure 37 B shows the stereogram of the box that comprises adapter and container assemblies;
Figure 38 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box of the adapter of another embodiment;
Figure 39 A shows the structure according to the bar of a modification;
Figure 39 B shows the structure according to the bar of a modification;
Figure 40 shows the installation to keeper according to the box of a modification;
Figure 41 A shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 41 B shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 42 A shows the figure of the relation of the wiping amount of plate terminal and plate inclination angle phi;
Figure 42 B shows the wiping amount of plate terminal;
Figure 43 A shows the figure of the relation of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and plate inclination angle phi;
Figure 43 B shows the upward force of equipment side ground terminal;
Figure 44 shows the figure of another relation of the wiping amount of plate terminal and plate inclination angle phi; And
Figure 45 shows the figure of another relation of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and plate inclination angle phi.
Specific embodiment
For further clarification structure of the present invention and operation, hereinafter with reference to width figure, some embodiments of the present invention have been described.
A. the first embodiment
A-1. the ordinary construction of printing material supply system
Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system 10.The XYZ axle be perpendicular to one another is shown in Figure 1.XYZ axle in Fig. 1 is corresponding to the XYZ axle in other accompanying drawings.In accompanying drawing subsequently, the XYZ axle is shown in needs.Printing material supply system 10 comprises box 20 and as the printing machine 50 of printing equipment.In printing material supply system 10, box 20 is installed to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 removedly by the user.
Each box 20 in printing material supply system 10 holds the ink as printing material.Be contained in being passed ink feed structure and printing material supply pipe (hereinafter describing) as the ink of printing material and offering 540 in box 20.According to this structure, a plurality of boxes 20 are installed to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 removedly.More specifically, six boxes 20 that hold respectively six kinds of different colours inks (that is, black, yellow, carmetta, shallow carmetta, cyan, light cyan) are installed to keeper 60.Those skilled in the art can understand, although ink has been mentioned in the description here, but can expect can being used by the mode of more specifically describing referring below to disclosed box, its combination and/or supply system for any material of printing, and the present invention should not limit thus.
According to other embodiment, the number that is installed to the box of keeper 60 is not limited to six, and can be greater or less than six.According to other embodiment, the number of different colours ink is not limited to six colors, but can be greater or less than six colors.According to other embodiment, two above boxes 20 that are installed to keeper 60 can hold a kind of same color ink.The concrete structure of box 20 and keeper 60 will be described hereinafter.
The printing machine 50 of the printing material supply system 10 shown in Fig. 1 is the compact ink-jet printers that use for the individual.Except keeper 60, printing machine 50 also has controller 510 and comprises the balladeur train 520 of retainer 60.Balladeur train 520 also comprises 540.Printing machine 50 provides to the end 540 from the box 20 that is installed to keeper 60 by printing material supply pipe (hereinafter describing) by ink, and from the beginning 540 ink is discharged to printed medium 90 (such as printing paper or label), with the various data of printing on printed medium 90, such as character row, accompanying drawing and picture.Although specifically describe about ink-jet printer, it will be understood to those of skill in the art that G mono-of the present invention asks that more specifically being applied to other prints type and printing material supply systems as follows, and the present invention should not limit thus with describing.
The controller 510 of printing machine 50 is used for controlling the operation of the various piece of printing machine 50.The balladeur train 520 of printing machine 50 is constructed to make 540 reciprocally to scan across printed medium 90.540 of printing machine 50 has inkjet mechanism, and it is constructed to ink is ejected into printed medium 90 from the box 20 that is installed to keeper 60.Controller 510 and balladeur train 520 are electrically connected to via flexible cable 517.The control signal operation of 540 inkjet mechanism origin self-controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, balladeur train 520 has 540 and keeper 60.The printing machine 50 that such box 20 is installed to for the keeper 60 on the balladeur train 520 of slip-on head 540 is called " frame above formula " printing machine.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be arranged on the diverse location place of balladeur train 520, and ink can be provided to 540 of balladeur train 520 by flexible pipe by each box 20 from being installed to keeper 60.Such printing machine is called " from posture " printing machine.
According to the present embodiment, printing machine 50 has main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism, and it relatively moves balladeur train 520 and printed medium 90, and carries out printing on printed medium 90.The main scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 comprises carriage motor 522 and rotating band 524, and via rotating band 524 by the transmission of power of carriage motor 522 to balladeur train 520, balladeur train 520 is moved back and forth on main scanning direction.The second scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 comprises feeding motor 532 and platen 534, and by the transmission of power of feeding motor 532 to platen 534, to transport printed medium 90 on the sub scanning direction vertical with main scanning direction.The control signal of feeding motor 532 based on carrying out self-controller 510 of the carriage motor 522 of main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism moved.
According to the present embodiment, when printing material supply system 10 is under normally used state, X-axis means along the axle of sub scanning direction (fore-and-aft direction), and printed medium 90 is by along the sub scanning direction feeding.Y-axis means that axle along main scanning direction (left and right directions or side direction when from the place ahead observing system 10) is as Y-axis, and balladeur train 520 moves back and forth along main scanning direction.Z axis means along the axle of gravity direction (vertical direction).The use state of printing material supply system 10 refers to the state of the printing material supply system 10 on the face of the level of being arranged on.In the present embodiment, the face of level is the face parallel with Y-axis with X-axis, that is, and and the XY face.
According to the present embodiment, + X-direction means sub scanning direction (forward direction),-X-direction means its rightabout (backward directions), + Z-direction means bottom along the direction contrary with gravity direction from printing material supply system 10 direction (upward direction) to top, and-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, that is, gravity direction (downward direction).In the present embodiment ,+front that X-direction side (front side) is printing material supply system 10.According to the present embodiment ,+Y direction means the direction (direction left) towards left surface from the right flank of printing material supply system 10, and-Y direction means its rightabout (to right).In the present embodiment, a plurality of boxes 20 that are installed in retainer 60 are arranged by the direction along Y-axis (left and right directions or lateral, it is known as " Y direction ").Similarly, be called " X-direction " and " Z " direction of principal axis along the direction (fore-and-aft direction) of X-axis with along the direction (vertical direction) of Z axis.
A-2. box 20 is arranged on to the structure of retainer 60
Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 are the stereograms that the retainer 60 with the box 20 be installed on it is shown.Fig. 4 is the top view that the retainer 60 with the box 20 be installed on it is shown.At Fig. 2, in the state shown in Fig. 4, a box 20 suitably is installed to the design and installation position of keeper 60.The state that " suitably is installed to the design and installation position " and " installation site " expression box 20 are attached (or differently to be said, settle), make the box side terminal be positioned at the position contacted respectively with the respective side equipment side terminal of the contact mechanism that is included in printing machine 50 (being described afterwards).
As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has 5 wall members 601,603,604,605,606.The depression formed by these five wall members is as box chamber or box mounting structure 602.Box chamber 602 is divided into a plurality of grooves (installing space) by partition wall 607, receives each box 20.Partition wall 607, as box 20 being inserted to the guiding piece of each groove, still can suitably be omitted.Each groove has printing material supply pipe 640, contact mechanism 70, bar 80, the second equipment side limiting element 620 and as the jut 636 of the 3rd equipment side limiting element.A side (+Z-direction side, end face) of each groove is open, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or removes from it via the side of this opening (open end face).
The state that box 20 is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 by bar 80 and the second equipment side limiting element 620 lockings and ink feed structure (hereinafter being described) with box 20 is installed to keeper 60.This state is called " box 20 is to the installment state of keeper 60 ", referred to as " installation " state, or additionally is called " arrangement " state.Printing material supply pipe 640 is connected to the ink that makes the printing material in being contained in box 20 with the ink feed structure of box 20 and is provided 540 (Fig. 1) to the end.Printing material supply pipe 640 has outer peripheral end 642 (also being called " link ") on be positioned at+Z-direction side and the base terminal 645 on be positioned at-Z-direction side.Base terminal 645 is arranged on wall member 601, and outer peripheral end 642 is connected with the ink feed structure of box 20.Printing material supply pipe 640 has the central shaft C parallel with Z axis.From base terminal 645, along central shaft C to outer peripheral end, 642 direction is+Z-direction.
As shown in Figure 2, elastomeric element 648 be arranged on ink tubes 640 around, the periphery with the ink feed structure of the box 20 of sealing in installment state, prevent that ink from leaking into periphery from the ink feed structure.In installment state, elastomeric element 648 applies the exerting pressure of component of comprise+Z-direction to box 20.
In (arrangements) state is installed, be arranged on the permission various information of transmission between box 20 and printing machine 50 that is electrically connected between the terminal of the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of terminal on the circuit board (being described afterwards) of box 20 and keeper 60.
Fig. 5 is the sectional view that the line F4-F4 along Fig. 4 obtains.Jut 636 is omitted in diagram.The printing material supply pipe 640 of printing machine 50 is connected with the ink feed structure 280 of box 20, makes ink be supplied 540 (Fig. 1) to the end from box 20 via printing material flow path 282.
According to the present embodiment, be used for filtering the outer peripheral end 642 that is arranged on printing material supply pipe 640 from the porous filter 644 of the ink of box 20 supplies.Porous filter 644 can for example be made by stainless (steel) wire or stainless steel woven fabric.According to another embodiment, porous filter can not be positioned at outer peripheral end 642 places of printing material supply pipe 640.
The contact mechanism 70 of printing machine 50 is positioned on printing material supply pipe 640+X-direction side, and be constructed to can with the circuit board 40 that is arranged on box 20 on termination contact.In the installment state of box 20, the Pt that exerts pressure of comprise+Z-direction vector composition is applied to circuit board 40 by the terminal from contact mechanism 70.In the installment state of box 20, along the Ps that exerts pressure of+Z-direction, from elastomeric element 648, be applied to ink feed structure 280.
For the control member 830 of have at it+Z-direction of bar 80 end that mounts and dismounts box 20 and its-bonding part 810 at Z-direction end place.The first equipment side limiting element or bonding part 810 (hereinafter more specifically describing its first equipment side locking face) are constructed to the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed at the first 810L place, lock position, engage in installment state.The first lock position 810L the contact site between the terminal be arranged on circuit board 40 and contact mechanism 70+the Z-direction side on and+the X-direction side on.Bonding part 810 engages with the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed, the motion with constrained box 20 on+Z-direction.
Bar 80 is the position pivotable between control member 830 and bonding part 810 around axle 800c.The rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 is positioned at the first lock position 810L's+Z-direction side and in+X-direction side.
The user removes box 20 with the control member 830 of bar 80 from keeper 60.In order to remove box 20, the user exerts pressure to control member 830 along-X-direction.This is exerted pressure and will be applied to control member 830 towards the power Pr (being called " operating physical force Pr ") of-X-direction side from+X-direction side.This operating physical force Pr rotates bar 80 around axle 800c, and bonding part 810 is removed from the first lock position 810L along+X-direction.This has removed engaging of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and bonding part 810, and makes box 20 to be removed from keeper 60.
The second equipment side limiting element 620 is arranged on side wall member 604, and is constructed to engage with the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed at the second 620L place, lock position.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is formed in the through hole in the side wall member 604 of keeper 60.The second lock position 620L be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side and-the X-direction side.The second equipment side limiting element 620 engages with the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed (also being called the second limiting element 220), the motion with constrained box 20 on+Z-direction.As mentioned above, box 20 along+Z-direction move in installment state by its+X-direction end and its-the two restriction of X-direction end.
The second lock position 620L (the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed contacts with the second equipment side limiting element 620 in this position) is as pivotal point, and box 20 rotates and is installed to keeper 60 and unloads from keeper 60 around this pivotal point.In other words, box 20 rotates around the second lock position 620L along the plane parallel with X-axis with Z axis, is mounted and dismounted the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed and the second equipment side limiting element 620 correspondingly as for installing or unload the rotation pivotal point of the box 20 of box 20.Will specifically describe hereinafter box 20 to the installation of keeper 60 and unload.
As shown in Figure 5, in installment state, the position of distance the second lock position 620L distance B z on the first be located at-Z-direction of lock position 810L side.This reduced the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed by from keeper 60, be applied to box 20 exert pressure Ps and Pt and from bonding part 810 possibilities that break away from.Therefore box 20 can stably be remained on the installation site of design.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B show from box 20 and are applied to the power at the bar 80 of the first lock position 810L.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 A be arranged in the second lock position 620L-state on the Z-direction side, power F1 is applied to the bar 80 in the first lock position 810L from box 20.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 B be arranged in the second lock position 620L+state on the Z-direction side, power F2 is applied to the bar 80 in the first lock position 810L from box 20.Power F1 shown in Fig. 6 A has identical size with the power F2 shown in Fig. 6 B.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B schematically show the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotating shaft 800c (also being called " pivotable center 800c ") position relationship relative to each other on X-axis and Z axis.Difference between two position relationships shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B is the difference of the second lock position 620L on Z axis.Arc RT1 shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the rotational trajectory of the first lock position 810L around rotating shaft 800c.Arc RT2 shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the rotational trajectory of the first lock position 810L around the second lock position 620L.
In the example shown in Fig. 6 A, the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L's-the Z-direction side on, so power F1 (its tangential direction along arc RT2 is applied to the first 810L place, lock position) have+X-direction vector component and+the Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F1 is broken down into along the vector composition F1t of the tangential direction of arc RT1 with along the vector composition F1r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
In the example shown in Fig. 6 B, the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L's+the Z-direction side on, so power F2 (its tangential direction along arc RT2 is applied to the first 810L place, lock position) have-X-direction vector component and+the Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F2 is broken down into along the vector composition F2t of the tangential direction of arc RT1 with along the vector composition F2r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
If by the more clearly understanding between accompanying drawing 6A and Fig. 6 B, when the size of power F1 equals power F2 big or small (F1=F2), the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotating shaft 800c position relationship relative to each other cause the vector composition " F1t<F2t " for the tangential direction along arc RT1, and for the vector composition " F1t>F2t " of the radial direction along arc RT1.Than the state shown in Fig. 6 B, state in Fig. 6 A has the larger force vector composition towards the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 from box 20, and have along making bar 80 around the clockwise less force vector composition of (that is, from+Y direction observe) rotation direction of rotating shaft 800c.In other words, than the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L+the Z-direction side on, by the first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-the Z-direction side more effectively reduced the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed from bonding part 810 possibilities that break away from.In arbitrary state, do not have power to apply along+X-direction, at the first 810L place, lock position, to discharge and to engage, so this two states provides following advantage: reduce the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed will be from bonding part 810 possibilities that break away from.
A-3. the detailed formation of box:
Fig. 7 shows the stereogram as the structure of the box 20 of an example of box according to an embodiment of the invention.Fig. 8 is the upward view of box 20.Fig. 9 is the sectional view of obtaining along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8.Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B show the concrete structure of circuit board 40.Figure 10 A is the figure of the circuit board 40 watched from the direction shown in the arrow F9 in Fig. 9, and Figure 10 B is the figure of the circuit board 40 watched of the arrow F10 from Figure 10 A.According to the present embodiment, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis are illustrated in the axle on the box 20 in installment state.In installment state+the X-direction side is the front of box 20.Plane Yc shown in Fig. 8 is the plane through the central authorities of the Y direction length of width or box 20, and parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane).Plane CX shown in Fig. 8 be through central shaft C and with Z axis and the parallel plane of X-axis (that is, ZX plane).
As shown in Figure 7, box 20 comprises ink chamber 200, housing 22, ink feed structure 280, circuit board 40 and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of holding ink.Box 20 is installed to keeper 60 along installation direction SD, and this installation direction is-Z-direction (direction straight down in embodiment).Box 20 specifically towards or attitude generally fixing in the actual process of inserting keepers 60 of box 20.At box 20, be installed in the process of keeper 60, box 20 can tilt with respect to Z axis.Yet, state immediately and in installment state before installing, ink feed structure 280 receives the printing material supply pipe 640 with central shaft C parallel with Z axis, make box 20 specifically towards by 640 restrictions of printing material supply pipe, and therefore substantially along Z-direction, aim at.For this reason, and because the general direction that box 20 moves in being installed to keeper 60 time along-Z-direction, so-Z-direction can be considered to the installation direction of box 20.Due to same cause ,+Z-direction can be considered to that box 20 overflowed from keeper 60 removes direction RD (Fig. 9).Because-Z axis and+Z-direction is rightabout, so installation direction SD and remove direction RD and can be considered to rightabout.
Housing 22 (also being called " box body 22 ") has defined the inner space of the ink chamber 200 that comprises box 20.Housing 22 also forms at least a portion of the outer wall surface of box 20, and can, by synthetic resin, such as polypropylene (PP), make.Box 20 is rectangular prism or the basic rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part shapes with congruent side.The part of housing 22 can be made by resin molding.
Box 20 has length (X-direction length), width (Y direction length) and height (Z-direction length), and wherein length, height and width sequentially reduce according to this.Yet the magnitude relationship of the length of box 20, width and height is not limited to this order, but can at random be determined; For example, highly, length and width can sequentially reduce with this, or height, length and width can be equal to each other.
The housing 22 of box 20 comprises the first wall or bottom 201, the second wall or top 202, the 3rd wall or anterior 203, wall or rear portion 204, the 5th wall 205, the 6th wall 206, and connecting wall 209.Connecting wall 209 comprises the 7th wall 207 and the 8th wall 208 (Fig. 9).The first to the 8th wall 201-208 defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 that comprises box 20.In the following description, be assigned to the outer surface (that is, first to octahedral 201-208) that the first symbol to the 8th wall 201 to 208 also is used to represent the wall of the housing 22 that forms box 20.The first outer surface to the 8th wall (first to octahedral) 201-208 is basic plane." basic plane " not only means perfect flat surfaces, but can comprise having the slightly irregular plane of part.In other words, " basic plane " but comprise face with the slightly irregular housing 22 that still can be identified as box 20 of part or the plane of wall.
First surface 201 (the first wall), second 202 (the second wall), the 3rd 203 (the 3rd wall), fourth face 204 (wall), the 5th 205 (the 5th walls) and the 6th 206 (the 6th wall) also are respectively referred to as bottom surface 201 (diapire), end face 202 (roof), positive 203 (antethecas), the back side 204 (rear wall), left surface 205 (left wall) and right flank 206 (right wall).The outer surface of wall also can be called front portion 203,204, top 202, rear portion and bottom 201, perhaps be called the first to the 4th surface, wherein first surface means front portion 203, and second surface means rear portion 204, the 3rd surface means top 202, and the 4th surface means bottom 201.
First surface 201 and second 202 on Z-direction toward each other.On be positioned at-Z-direction of first surface 201 side, and on second 202 be positioned at+Z-direction side.The 3rd 203 and fourth face 204 on X-direction toward each other.On the 3rd 203 be positioned at+X-direction sides, and on be positioned at-X-direction of fourth face 204 side.The 5th 205 and the 6th 206 on Y direction toward each other.On the 5th 205 be positioned at+Y direction sides, and on the 6th 206 be positioned at-Y direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first surface 201 on be arranged in-Z-direction side forms bottom surface in installment state.First surface 201 is XY planes parallel with Y-axis and vertical with Z axis with X-axis.First surface 201 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Second 202 on be arranged in+Z-direction side forms end face in installment state.Second 202 relative with first surface 201 and parallel with first surface 201.Second 202 is planes (XY plane) parallel with Y-axis and vertical with Z axis with X-axis.Second 202 is horizontal plane in installment state.
The 3rd 203 on be arranged in+X-direction side forms side in installment state.The 3rd 203 perpendicular to first surface 201 and second 202, and be the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Z axis and vertical with X-axis with Y-axis.In the limit of the 3rd 203, the limit 290 that is positioned at-Z-direction side is known as " first side 290 ", and the limit 291 be positioned on+Z-direction side is called " Second Edge 291 ".In the explanation here, the statement of " two faces intersect each other or intersect " not only means two states that face is in fact intersected with each other, also means the state that the elongated surfaces of state that the elongated surfaces of a face and another face are crossing and two faces intersects each other.
Fourth face 204 on be arranged in-X-direction side forms side in installation or arrangement state.Fourth face 204 and first surface 201 are 202 vertical with second.Fourth face 204 is 203 parallel with the 3rd.Fourth face 204 is planes (YZ plane) vertical with Z axis and parallel with X-axis with Y-axis.
The 6th 206 on be arranged in+Y direction side the 5th 205 and be positioned at-Y direction side forms side in installment state.The 5th 205 vertical with first to fourth face 201-204 with the 6th 206.The 5th 205 is planes (XZ plane) parallel with Z axis and vertical with Y-axis with X-axis with the 6th 206.The 6th 206 205 parallel with the 5th.
As shown in Figure 9, joint face 209 is connected first surface 201 with the 3rd 203.The 7th of joint face 209 is 207 vertical with first surface 201, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Z axis with Y-axis.The 7th 207 with respect to 201 one-tenth vertical theta alignments of first surface, and can be called " step ".In other words, the 7th 207 is extended from first surface 201 along+Z-direction.Be positioned at for the 7th 207 octahedral 208-the X-direction side and-the Z-direction side.Octahedral 208 is connected to the 3rd 203 by the 7th 207.Octahedral 208 be to comprise+X-direction vector composition and-inclined surface that the direction of Z-direction vector composition tilts.Octahedral 208 is to first surface 201 and the 3rd 203 inclination.Octahedral 208 is perpendicular to the 5th 205 and the 6th 206.In other words, octahedral 208 tilts to XY plane and YZ plane, and vertical and XZ plane.Octahedral 208 has from the outside outstanding board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.
The relation of first to the 6th 201-206 means that first surface 201 and second 's 202 the direction that faces is Z-direction, and the direction that faces of the 3rd 203 and fourth face 204 is X-directions, and the direction that faces of the 5th 205 and the 6th 206 is Y directions.
As shown in Figure 7, circuit board 40 preferably is installed on the board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.Similar with octahedral 208, circuit board 40 have to comprise+X-direction vector composition and-direction of Z-direction vector composition tilts or (other saying) terminal support structure 408 in the slope.In the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 comprises the surface of circuit board 40.Terminal support structure 408 is to first surface 201 and the 3rd 203 inclination.Terminal support structure 408 is 205 vertical with the 5th with the 5th 205.In other words, terminal support structure 408 tilts to XY plane and YZ plane, and vertical with the XZ plane.Terminal support structure 408 also is called " inclined-plane terminal support structure " or " chamfered surface ".Therefore, in the present embodiment, the surface of circuit board 40 can be considered to " chamfered surface ".Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, its with the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70, contact (Fig. 2).The angle tilted preferably between 0 degree and 90 degree, more preferably between 20 degree are spent with 50, and is most preferably from approximately 25 spending to 40 degree.
Figure 42 A and Figure 42 B show the relation of the wiping amount of the terminal on circuit board 40 undertaken by the equipment side terminal with respect to the inclination angle phi of circuit board 40.The inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 means the plane 110p extended from the installation direction leading edge of ink feed structure 280 and has wherein arranged the angle between the plane of terminal 400 of circuit board 40.The plane limited by terminal 400 both had been not orthogonal to plane 1110p, also not perpendicular.Inclination angle phi is generally acute angle (being less than 90 degree).In the present embodiment, the plane 110p extended from the installation direction leading edge is parallel with the bottom surface 201 of box 20.Equally, the plane of wherein having arranged terminal 400 is arranged to parallel with the plate surface of circuit board 40.Therefore, in the present embodiment, inclination angle phi equals the angle between the plate surface of the bottom surface 201 of box 20 and circuit board 40.In the present embodiment, to be about 0.7mm thick for circuit board 40.Terminal 400 is about 5 micron thick, and is arranged on circuit board 40.The thickness of terminal 400 is little of negligible degree, so the surface of circuit board 40 (surface that comprises terminal 400) flushes substantially.Therefore, in terminal support structure 408 (it comprises the surface of circuit board 40 in the present embodiment) terminal (contact portion) the plane TP that basic bit is described below.Even circuit board 40 does not exist, also only may there is the unevenness with the thickness equivalence of terminal 400.Therefore, for easy, terminal support structure 408 can with " plane limited by terminal " or " terminal plane " interchangeable use.When about terminal support structure 408, mentioning the contact portion cp of terminal 431-439, term " plane limited by contact portion " or " contact portion plane " also can alternatively be used.In installing or settling the process of box 20, as Figure 24, to as shown in Figure 27, advance downwards under the state of pivotal rotation slightly at the back side 204 (second surface) around box 20 in the front 203 (first surface) of box 20.In this process, circuit board 40 slightly rotates and contacts with equipment side in terminal substrate 709 and forms member (equipment side terminal) 731-739 and contact, and makes each box side terminal 431-439 form member 731-739 wiping by the equipment side contact.The wiping of the terminal carried out on circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side terminal has suitably removed dust or the oxide on the terminal surfaces be coated on circuit board 40, thereby has strengthened electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
The diagram of Figure 42 A show form the terminal of member on circuit board 40 by the contact of corresponding equipment side wiping length (wiping amount) as ordinate, and plate inclination angle phi is as abscissa.On the basis of following hypothesis, calculated: from the distance L 0 of second surface 204 (rear surface) along directions X to the contact portion with the contacted ground terminal 437 of corresponding equipment side ground terminal 737 of box 20, are 63mm.In general, larger plate inclination angle phi makes the plate surface more approach perpendicular, and has increased the wiping amount.In order effectively to remove dust or the oxide on the terminal surfaces be coated on circuit board 40, the wiping amount preferably is not less than 1mm.According to the diagram of Figure 42 A, plate inclination angle phi preferably is not less than 25 degree, to guarantee the wiping amount, is not less than 1mm.
Figure 43 A shows the power F made progress that partly situation of insertion is applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 of box and the relation of plate inclination angle phi of preventing of considering.With the compute classes of Figure 42 A seemingly, the calculating of Figure 43 A also gives the hypothesis that distance L 0 equals 63mm.The weight of box (weight that comprises ink) is assumed to be 30 grams.This value is the standard weights for the box of the ink-jet printing apparatus of family's use.As shown in figure 25, " half of box inserts " bonding part 810 of indication rod 80 just is positioned at the state of a side of elastic component 682, that is, and and the state before and then completing joint.This half state inserted also is called " half engages ".In half engagement state, the contact of a plurality of equipment sides forms among member 731-739 only equipment side ground terminal 737 and applies power upwards to circuit board 40.It should be noted that, in printing equipment shown in Figure 1, keeper 60 does not have lid.When the user looses one's grip in half engagement state, box 20 can be maintained at half engagement state.The diagram of Figure 43 A shows the power made progress that applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 to keep this half result of calculation of inserting of box 20.Figure 43 B shows power F upwards and the relation of plate inclination angle phi.
In half engagement state of Figure 26, the power made progress applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 be from equipment side ground terminal 737 be applied to circuit board 40 (and box 20) power+Z direction vector composition (in the present embodiment for vector composition) straight up.When the ground terminal 437 of circuit board 40 is exerted pressure to equipment side ground terminal 737, along the elastic force of exerting pressure by equipment side ground terminal 737 of the direction of the plate Surface Vertical with circuit board 40, be applied to ground terminal 437.The calculating of the power made progress of Figure 43 A is based on the hypothesis that the F0 that exerts pressure of equipment side ground terminal 737 is 0.2N along the direction with the plate Surface Vertical and carries out.Because the power F made progress (=F0 * cos phi) is the F0 that exerts pressure+Z direction vector composition, and as shown in the dotted line in Figure 43 B, when the phi=0 of plate inclination angle, F=F0=0.2N sets up.Along with plate inclination angle phi changes, the power F made progress changes according to curve F=F0 * cosphi.The curve of Figure 43 A is curve F=F0 * cos phi.Along with plate inclination angle phi increases (phi approaches 90 degree), the plate surface approaches the XZ plane and reduces power F upwards.Be about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 43 A) with the power FB made progress of box 20 balances of the weight of the distance L 0 with 63mm and 30 grams.The power made progress that this expression is not less than 0.15N makes box 20 to be pressed straight up by equipment side ground terminal 737.In order to ensure the power made progress that is not less than 0.15N, as understood by Figure 43 A is clear, plate inclination angle phi preferably is not more than 40 degree.
In half engagement state of user at Figure 26, loose one's grip, box 20 can be maintained in half engagement state.Yet, if plate inclination angle phi is set to be not more than 40 degree as shown in Figure 43 A, in half engagement state, loose one's grip as the user so, equipment side ground terminal 737 is pressed the front 203 of box 20 along+Z direction (upward direction) so.This clearly separates box from the bonding part 810 of bar 80, and contributes to the user to find failed installation.From this, put, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to be not more than 40 degree.
Figure 44 and Figure 45 show than the size of the box in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A has the feature of larger sized box at directions X.Although the hypothesis box has distance L 0=63mm in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A, hypothesis box in Figure 44 and Figure 45 has distance L 0=88mm.With the compute classes of Figure 43 A seemingly, it is the hypothesis of 30g that the calculating of the power made progress of Figure 45 is based on the weight of F0=0.2N and box (weight that comprises ink).As the result by Figure 44 can very clear understanding, similar with the result of Figure 42 A, be not less than 1mm in order to ensure the wiping amount, plate inclination angle phi preferably is not less than 25 degree.Although, with respect to the 63mm in the calculating of Figure 43 A, distance L 0 is 80mm in the calculating of Figure 45, with the power made progress of box 20 balances of the weight with 30 grams, almost with Figure 43, equate and be about 0.15N (the thick horizontal position in Figure 45).As the result by Figure 45 can very clear understanding, similar with the result of Figure 43 A, in order to prevent half of box, engage, plate inclination angle phi preferably is not more than 40 degree.
By considering the characteristic of Figure 42 discussed above to Figure 45, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to be not less than 25 degree and is not more than 40 degree.
Even exerting pressure of the increase of equipment side ground terminal 737 also can be guaranteed the enough power made progress under larger plate inclination angle phi.In this case, preferably equipment side ground terminal 737 exert pressure and plate inclination angle phi is set to when the user looses one's grip from box 20 in half engagement state, make box 20 upwards to be exerted pressure and the slave plate bonding state changes to the value of disengaged position by exerting pressure of equipment side ground terminal 737.
The 7th 207 and terminal support structure 408 forms the part of the outer surface of boxes 20.More specifically, the 7th 207 forms by first surface 201 part with the 3rd 203 angle parts that are connected 265 with terminal support structure 408, and wherein, first surface becomes the part of the outer surface of box 20 with trihedral.In order to understand better, in Fig. 9, by thick line, angle part 265 is shown.The 3rd 203 with angle part 265 at box 20, be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 relative with the first equipment side side wall member 603 (Figure 14) of keeper 60, as described below.Therefore the 3rd 203 and angle part 265 be called " first-phase is to outer wall surface ".Fourth face 204 second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) with keeper 60 as described below in installment state is relative.Therefore fourth face 204 is called " second-phase is to outer wall surface ".
As shown in Figure 10 A, circuit board 40 has at the boss groove 401 of+Z-direction end and at the boss hole 402 at-Z-direction side end place.Circuit board 40 is fixed to the octahedral 208 of box 20 by means of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.According to the present embodiment, boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 are arranged on the position crossing with the plane Yc of central authorities through the width (length on Y direction) of box 20.According in another embodiment, at least one in boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 can be saved from circuit board 40, and circuit board 40 can be secured to octahedral 208 by adhesive or the engagement pawl (not diagram) be arranged on octahedral 208.
As shown in Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B, circuit board 40 comprises the box side terminal 400 be arranged on terminal support structure 408 and is arranged on the memory cell 420 on the back side 409.Terminal support structure 408 and 409Shi plane, the back side.At circuit board 40, be installed in the installment state of box 20, on the be positioned at+Z-direction side of terminal support structure 408, part or the limit of highest distance position are known as plate end 405.
Box side terminal 400 comprises nine terminals 431 to 439.Memory cell 420 storages for example, about the information (, the surplus of ink and ink color) of the ink of box 20.Box side terminal 400 is electrical conductivity, and can be connected to the electronic installation as the part of box 20.As used herein, electronic installation can be indicated transistor, sensor or storage device, or other generation currents that can expect of those skilled in the art or by the device of electric current power supply.
As shown in Figure 10 A, nine box side terminal 431-439 are similar to rectangular shape, and are arranged as basic two row vertical with installation direction SD.Substantially vertical row extends along the width (Y direction) of box 20.The row that is positioned at rear with respect to installation direction SD in two row is known as the capable R1 of the first terminal (descending R1), with respect to installation direction SD, at front-seat row, is known as the second rows of terminals R2 (up R2).The capable R1 of the first terminal and the second rows of terminals R2 have diverse location on Z-direction.More specifically, the capable R1 of the first terminal be positioned at the second rows of terminals R2-the Z-direction side on.In terminal 431 to 439, each all has contact portion cp in the central, and it contacts with contact mechanism 70.The capable R1 of the first terminal and the second rows of terminals R2 can be considered to the line formed by a plurality of contact portion cp.
Terminal 431-439 can or apply corresponding following title and call by the function according to them.For with printing machine 50 on terminal region separate, word " box side " can be used as the prefix of each title.For example, " ground terminal 437 " can be called as " box side joint ground terminal 437 ".
The capable R1 of<the first terminal >
(1) installation and measuring terminal 435 (the first terminal);
(2) power supply terminal 436;
(3) ground terminal 437;
(4) data terminal 438; And
(5) installation and measuring terminal 439 (the second terminal)
The<the second rows of terminals R2 >
(6) installation and measuring terminal 431 (the 3rd terminal);
(7) reseting terminal 432;
(8) clock terminal 433; And
(9) installation and measuring terminal 434 (the 4th terminal).
The contact portion cp of the contact portion cp of terminal 435-439 on the capable R1 of the first terminal and the terminal 431-434 on the second rows of terminals R2 is alternately arranged, or is more particularly arranged with zigzag.
Four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 be used to detect be arranged on relevant device side terminal in contact mechanism 70 well/intersect and electrically contact, make printing machine 50 can detect the design and installation position whether box 20 suitably is installed to keeper 60.These four terminals 431,434,435 and 439 together are called " installation and measuring terminal ".According to the present embodiment, four box side terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other in circuit board 40.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, these terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to via ground terminal 437 with the earth connection (not shown) on printing machine 50.Will describe hereinafter by detect the method for installation with four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439.
Other five box side terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are the terminals for memory cell 420.These five terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are called " memory terminal " thus.
Reseting terminal 432 receives the reset signal RST that will be provided for memory cell 420.Clock terminal 433 receives the clock signal SCK that will be provided for memory cell 420.Power supply terminal 436 receives the supply voltage VDD (for example, the rated voltage of 3.3V) that will be provided for memory cell 420.Ground terminal 437 receives the ground voltage VSS (0V) that will be provided for memory cell 420.Data terminal 438 receives the data-signal SDA that will be provided for memory cell 420.
As the first terminal 435 of one of installation and measuring terminal comprise be positioned at box side terminal 400 +the first outside 435P on the Y direction side.As second terminal 439 of one of installation and measuring terminal comprise be positioned at box side terminal 400-the second outside 439P on the Y direction side.As the 3rd terminal 431 of one of installation and measuring terminal comprise be positioned at the second terminal line R +the 3rd outside 431P on the Y direction side.As the 4th terminal 434 of one of installation and measuring terminal comprise be positioned at the second terminal line R-434P of section all round of on the Y direction side.In this embodiment, first to all round the 435P of section, 439P, 431P, 434P be the basic straight edge of respective terminal and substantially extend along Z-direction, but this should be by when being limited.For example, edge can be crooked, and can extend along not parallel with Z-direction direction, shown in the terminal 431,434 in the example to Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B, and the outside of terminal still can be understood to the outermost portion of edge along Y direction.
Between the contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that the center on Y direction has contact portion cp is arranged on the position that the plane Yc central with the width (Y direction length) through box 20 intersects.The cross spider that other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 contact portion cp are arranged to respect to plane Yc and ground terminal 437 is axial symmetry.Ground terminal 437 be constructed in the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 other box side terminals 431-436,438 with contacted contact mechanism 70 before 439.Therefore, before box is installed fully and afterwards, at first from keeper 60, be applied to width that exerting pressure of circuit board 40 be created in box 20 substantially or the basic center of Y direction length.This has prevented from being applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and has played a role and box 20 is tilted to Y direction, and makes thus box 20 be installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 other terminals 431-436,438 with before 439, with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, contact, even when the high voltage of not expecting is applied to box 20, also can advantageously prevent or reduce problem and fault that high voltage causes by the grounding function of ground terminal 437.
According to the present embodiment, ground terminal 437 forms along Z-direction than his terminal 431-436 of tool, 438 and 439 longer.This has guaranteed the contacting of contact mechanism 70 of ground terminal 437 and keeper 60.According to another embodiment, the whole box side terminal 431-439 on circuit board 40 can form same size.
As shown in Figure 9, ink feed structure 280 is outstanding from first surface 201 along-Z-direction.Ink feed structure 280 is communicated with via printing material flow path 282 with ink chamber 200.Ink feed structure 280 is connected with the printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 5) of printing machine 50, will be contained in ink feed in ink chamber 200 540 (Fig. 1) to the end.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is open laterally, will be contained in ink feed in ink chamber 200 outside box 20.As seen by Fig. 5 A, ink feed structure 280 need to be not outstanding from first surface 201.In addition, in one embodiment, it can flush or substantially flush with first surface 201.In such an embodiment, when box 20 is mounted, printing material supply pipe 640 is raised with first surface immediately.
Ink feed structure 280 be arranged on first surface 201 than approaching the 3rd 203 position that more approaches fourth face 204.Distance along X-direction between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd 203 correspondingly is greater than the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the distance between fourth face 204.
Ink feed structure 280 has open periphery end.Surface in this opening periphery end is called open surface 288, or is referred to as alternatively the installation direction leading edge, and defines horizontal plane in installment state.That is, open surface 288 is box leading edges (XY plane) on installation direction SD, and defines the XY axial plane parallel with Y-axis with X-axis.
Resin foam 284 open surface 288+position on the Z-direction side or more specifically be arranged in ink feed structure 280 in the position contacted with printing material flow path 282.According to this city example, before shipment box 20, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 for example, by containment member (not shown, cap or film) sealing.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, for the containment member (not shown) that seals open surface 288, from box 20, removed.
According to the present embodiment, outstanding along-Z-direction under the state of ink feed structure 280 centered by the central shaft C by printing material supply pipe 640.According to another embodiment, the central authorities of ink feed structure 280 can depart from from the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640.According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is formed by the housing observing with respect to a plurality of axis symmetries parallel with Y-axis with X-axis along-Z-direction.According to another embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 can be formed by asymmetric housing, and can have the installation direction leading edge that defines plane.The open surface 288 of observing from the Z direction is the rectangular shape of chamfering according to the present embodiment, but can have any other suitable shape according to other embodiment, for example, and accurate circle, ellipse, oval, square or rectangle.
As shown in Figure 9 A, plane BP is the plane that the installation direction leading edge by the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 forms.Distance A is the distance between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210.It apart from B, is the distance between the bonding part of plane BP and the second restricted part 220.Distance C is plane BP and bar 80 distance around the pivotal point of rotating shaft 800c.As seen, when the orientation measurement along with plane BP quadrature, between the bonding part of plane BP and the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed, apart from B, be greater than the distance A between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210 in Fig. 9 A.When the orientation measurement along with plane BP quadrature, the distance A between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210 is less than plane BP and bar 80 distance C around the pivotal point of rotating shaft 800c.In addition as shown in Figure 9 A, the plane that TPShi You inclined-plane, plane terminal support structure 408 forms, itself and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 itself is parallel in the present embodiment, and for simply, it is plane TP that terminal support structure 408 can be used to.Plane TP is neither parallel with plane BP not vertical with plane BP yet.Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, the equipment side termination contact (Fig. 2) of itself and contact mechanism 70.
As shown in Figure 7, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on the 3rd 203.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and+the X-direction side on.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is by bar 80 lockings (Fig. 2), with the motion of constrained box 20 under installment state.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is constructed to from the 3rd 203 along the+outstanding projection of X-direction (outwards).The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at along Z-direction than the position that approaches Second Edge 291 and more approach first side 290.According to the present embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is orientated as and is closed on first side 290.
The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed comprises the first 212 of extending along Y direction (width), from first 212 along+second portion 214 that Z-direction (direction straight up) is extended, and from first 212 along-third part 215 that Z-direction (direction straight down) is extended.As mentioned above ,+Z-direction (direction straight up) is to remove direction RD substantially, and be that installation direction SD-Z-direction (direction straight down) is contrary substantially.In installment state, first or bonding part 212 with the bonding part 810 of bar 80, engage, with the motion of constrained box 20.Second portion 214 is set to be installed under the state of keeper 60 the expectation part locking first 212 by bar 80 at box 20.
First 212 comprises as the first box side chain of the first bearing part surface 211 and as the second box side chain of the second bearing part surface 213 only only.The first box side chain only surface 211 towards+Z-direction.The second box side chain only surface 213 towards+X-direction.Third part 215 contacts with first side 290 with first 212.
Box 20 also comprises the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed of being arranged on fourth face 204, is arranged on the jut 260 on the 3rd 203 and is arranged on the 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed on the 7th 207.
The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is constructed to from fourth face 204 along-jut that X-direction is outstanding.The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3) of form of the through hole with keeper 60.The user, the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, rotates box 20 around the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed that is inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 2).In other words, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is as the guiding piece for box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.This contributes to box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.In the installment state of box 20, the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is by the second equipment side limiting element 620 lockings, the motion with constrained box 20 in installment state.The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and-the X-direction side on.
Jut 260 on the 3rd 203 is positioned on the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed+Z-direction side.According to the present embodiment, jut 260 is positioned at and comprises locating+Z-direction position (uppermost position) of Second Edge 291 on the 3rd 203.
The 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed is constructed to from the both sides of the Y direction of the 7th 207 along+a pair of haunched member (limiting wall) that X-direction is outstanding.This pair of haunched member 250 receives and is inserted into jut 636 (Fig. 2) wherein, and with jut 636 collaborative works, constrained box 20 is the motion on Y direction under installment state.
Figure 11 is the rearview of box 20.Specifically with reference to Figure 11, the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is described.The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed comprises as the restriction locking surface 222 of restriction locking element, chamfered surface 224, the first restriction side 226 and the second restriction side 228.
Restriction locking surface 222 is towards+Z-direction and form horizontal plane in installment state.Restriction locking surface 222 contacts with the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3), usings as the rotation pivotal point be rotated at box 20 when unloading from keeper 60.
Restriction locking surface 222 in installment state by the second equipment side limiting element 620 lockings, with constrained box 20 motion on+Z-direction in installment state.Restriction locking surface 222 is arranged on and intersects with the plane Yc at center through the width (Y direction length) of box 20 and the position vertical with this plane Yc.As shown in Figure 5, in the installment state of box 20, box 20 from keeper 60, receive comprise-+exert pressure Ps and the Pt of Z-direction vector composition.Exerted pressure towards the second equipment side limiting element 620 by these exert pressure Ps and pt in restriction locking surface 222.Therefore the second equipment side limiting element 620 contacts with the restriction locking surface 222 that is parallel to Y direction.This has reduced the possibility that box 20 tilts around X-axis in installment state.
Chamfered surface 224 is connected with housing 22, and to comprise+Z direction vector composition and-direction of directions X vector composition tilts.This makes restriction locking surface 222 can in the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60, be directed to smoothly the second equipment side limiting element 620.
The first restriction side 226 forms the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed-Y direction side.The second restriction side 228 forms the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed+Y direction side.The first restriction side 226 is the planes towards-Y direction, and the second restriction side 228 is the planes towards+Y direction.The first restriction side 226 is parallel with Z-direction with X-direction respectively planes with the second restriction side 228.The first and second restriction sides 226 and the 228 and second equipment side limiting element 620 are interfered, with the motion of constrained box 20 on Y direction in the installment state at box 20.
Figure 12 is the front view of box 20.Hereinafter with reference to Figure 12, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is more specifically described.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.The first box side chain only surface 211 is arranged on and intersects with plane Yc and the position vertical with this plane Yc.
The first box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at the outside, but when from the 3rd 203 sides along-X-direction observation box 20, in Y direction (width) above in the scope 40Y between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P.According to the present embodiment, comprise the first box side chain only the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed on surface 211 be not positioned at the outside, but be positioned at scope 40Y.In other words, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at the zone limited by the dummy line 435PL that comprises the first outside 435P and the second dummy line 439PL that comprises the second outside 439P.Dummy line 435PL and the second dummy line 439PL are the straight lines extended along Z-direction.
Figure 13 is the left side view of box 20.The position relationship of each member of box 20 is described with reference to Figure 13.The 3rd 203 cross part intersected with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 is called " cross part 295 ".For above about the description of term " intersection ", the 3rd 203 cross part intersected with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 not only comprises the cross part of actual face 203 and terminal support structure 408, the cross part of elongated surfaces that also comprises the another one of one in face 203 and terminal support structure 408 and face 203 and terminal support structure 408, or the cross part of both elongated surfaces of face 203 and terminal support structure 408.Cross part 295 is lines parallel with Y-axis.According to the present embodiment, cross part 295 is positioned at the plane of extending along-Z-direction from the 3rd 203.Cross part 295 correspondingly be positioned at the 3rd 203-the Z-direction side on.The mid point along Z-direction length on the 3rd 203 (or more specifically, the mid point between the cross part of the 3rd 203 and contact portion plane TP and second 202 and the 3rd 's 203 cross part) is called mid point 203P.
The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is orientated as and is approached cross part 295.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed also can be considered to orientate adjacent terminal supporting structure 408 as and approach plate end 405.This means that the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can more approach box side terminal 400 fully, perhaps more specifically, the part engaged with the equipment side lever of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can be positioned at the position that more approaches contact portion cp than the cross part that approaches end face 202 and positive 203.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed preferably is arranged on the 3rd 203 more approaching on the specific part of first side 290 than approaching Second Edge 291, perhaps more specifically, the part engaged with the equipment side lever of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at the position that more approaches cross part 295 than the cross part that approaches end face 202 and positive 203, and it is in 290 the scope from mid point 203P to first side.Particularly preferably the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on enough and approaches or the position of first side 290 immediately.As used herein, " immediately " can mean " approaching ", " close " or " being in contact with it " thereon.As mentioned above, the part engaged with the equipment side lever of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at the position that more approaches cross part 295 and/or approach contact portion cp than approaching the cross part of end face 202 with positive 203.Although in the present embodiment, as mentioned above, end face 202 and positive 203 cross part are by the position of 291 expressions in Figure 13, two positions that surface is actual intersected with each other when but this cross part does not need, but the position that can be a face intersect with the elongated surfaces of another face, the perhaps elongated surfaces of two faces position intersected with each other, as shown in the dotted line in the embodiment of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D.In the present embodiment, the distance between the cross part of the 3rd 203 and contact portion plane TP and second 202 and the 3rd 's 203 cross part is about 20mm.The cross part of the 3rd 203 and contact portion plane TP and the first box side chain of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed only distance between surface 211 are about 16mm.
The live part of position of constrained box side terminal 400 of specifically being used for of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is only surfaces 211 of the first box side chain.Therefore preferably by the first box side chain, only locate to such an extent that approach as far as possible box side terminal 400 in surface 211.Omit the third part 215 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and and orientate first 212 as contact first side 290 and make the first box side chain only can more approach cross part 295 or plate end 405 in surface 211.
Figure 13 also shows the X-direction scope 250X of the 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed and the X-direction scope 408X of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.As by accompanying drawing, known understanding, when from first surface 201 sides along+Z-direction observation box 20, a part and the inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 of the 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed are overlapping on X-direction.
A-4. the concrete structure of keeper 60:
A-4-1. the general structure of keeper 60
Figure 14 and Figure 15 show the stereogram of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 17 is the sectional view that the line F16-F16 along Figure 16 obtains.Figure 14 is omitted the diagram from Figure 17 to the jut 636 shown in Figure 16.
As mentioned above, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606, to form the depression box chamber 602 of receiving box 20.Five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 together are called " chamber forms wall member 600 ".According to the present embodiment, five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are resin plate members, and are made by synthetic resin, more specifically by Noryl (m-PPE), are made.
Wall member 601 forms depression 602 bottom surface, box chamber.Wall member 603,604,605 and 606 forms depression 602 side, box chamber.Wall member 601, wall member 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are respectively referred to as " equipment side diapire member 601 ", " the first equipment side side wall member 603 ", " the second equipment side side wall member 604 ", " the 3rd equipment side side wall member 605 " and " the 4th equipment side side wall member 606 ".
In printing material supply pipe 640 each and comprise that in the contact mechanism 70 of equipment side terminal, each all arranges along X-direction on wall member 601.Printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned in a side of the second equipment side side wall member 604, and contact mechanism 70 is positioned in a side of the first equipment side side wall member 603.In other words, printing material supply pipe 640 is arranged on than the position that approaches wall member 603 and more approach wall member 604.Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on than the position that approaches printing material supply pipe 640 and more approach the first equipment side side wall member 603.
Elastomeric element 648 is arranged on wall member 601 around printing material supply pipe 640.As reference Fig. 5 describes, be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 the ink feed structure 280 of elastomeric element 648 seal boxes 20 peripheral and prevent that thus ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure 280 at box 20.At box 20, be installed in the installment state of keeper 60, the direction that elastomeric element 648 is pressed back along the ink feed structure 280 by box 20 (along+Z-direction) produces the Ps (Fig. 5) that exerts pressure.
As Figure 14, to as shown in Figure 16, keeper 60 has the opening OP that runs through box chamber 602 at the upside relative with wall member 601.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unload from it, box 20 is through opening OP.
The first equipment side side wall member 603 wall member 601+the X-direction side on respect to 601 one-tenth vertical angles of wall member.According to the present embodiment, the first equipment side side wall member 603 +the X-direction side forms outer wall 603W.In the use attitude of printing machine 50, outer wall 603W forms the front of keeper 60.Outer wall 603W extends along the orientation (Y direction) of a plurality of boxes 20.Be arranged on wall member 603 for the bar 80 of installing or unload box 20.Bar 80 is fixed in a movable manner via fixture 690, or more accurately rotatably, is fixed to wall member 603.In other words, bar 80 is fixed to the fixture 690 of a part that forms wall member 603.The rotating shaft of bar 80 is parallel with Y direction.
Fixture 690 is arranged on bight 600C (equipment side bight) and locates (Figure 17), and the first equipment side side wall member 603 is intersected with base wall member 601 at this place.
As shown in Figure 5, control member 830 is arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.When the user from+X-direction side when-X-direction side is exerted pressure to this control member 830 (, when the user applies operating physical force Pr to control member 830), bar 80 rotates counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) around rotating shaft.Bar 80 correspondingly rotates on the XZ plane parallel with Z-direction with X-direction.
Bar 80 is set to form with chamber the member that wall member 601,603,604,605 separates with 606.Bar 80 is made by synthetic resin, more specifically according to the present embodiment, by polyformaldehyde (POM), is made.Bar 80 has the rigidity of the specified level that is enough to locking rod 80.More specifically, bar 80 preferably has the rigidity that the power (for example, the power of 14.4N) applied by the box 20 from installment state does not cause bar 80 distortion substantially.The distortion of the bar 80 for example, caused by the external force that applies 14.4N from box 20 preferably is not more than about 0.5mm.Bar 80 does not preferably have any elastically deformable part.This reduced installment state king-rod 80 at box 20 by the power applied from box 20 the remarkable possibility of distortion, and guarantee that the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal of box side terminal 400 and contact mechanism 70 is connected.Provide the bar 80 separated with 606 with chamber formation wall member 601,603,604,605 advantageously to increase the free degree of the material of selector 80.
Referring back to Figure 14 to Figure 17, wall member 604 wall member 601-the X-direction side on respect to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 604 is relative across box chamber 602 with wall member 603.According to the present embodiment, wall member 604 forms the back side of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.The direction (Y direction) that wall member 604 is arranged along a plurality of boxes 20 is extended.The second equipment side limiting element 620 is arranged on wall member 604.The second equipment side limiting element 620 is the through holes (Figure 17) that pass along X-direction.According to another embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 can be the depression of opening to box chamber 602.
As above described with reference to Fig. 5, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is constructed to engage with the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed.The second equipment side limiting element 620 is as the guiding piece for box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.The second equipment side limiting element 620 is installed to locking the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20.More specifically, the second equipment side limiting element 620 by the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed be locked at be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+the Z-direction side and-the second lock position 620L on the X-direction side.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is constructed to through hole, and it has the size that receives the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed, and has equipment side locking surface 622.Equipment side locking surface 622 is the planes towards-Z-direction, and locking (Figure 11) is carried out in the restriction locking surface 222 of the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed.Equipment side locking surface 622+X-direction end 624 contacts with the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed, and therefore conduct is used for the rotation pivotal point that box 20 is write from keeper 60.
As shown in figure 17, the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 have be arranged on the second equipment side limiting element 620+space 670 on the Z-direction side.Space 670 provides space, comes when box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unload from it, allows box 20 to rotate as the rotation pivotal point around the near zone of the second equipment side limiting element 620.According to the present embodiment, space 670 by along+Z-direction from the second equipment side side wall member 604 on-X-direction the step of ladder ground depression formed.According to another embodiment, space 670 can be formed by the chamfered surface little by little reduced on-X-direction along+Z-direction of wall member 604.
As Figure 14 to as shown in Figure 16, wall member 605 wall member 601-the Y direction side on respect to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.According to the present embodiment, wall member 605 forms the right flank of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 605 is connected with 605 with wall member 603.Wall member 605 extends and intersects with the orientation (Y direction) of a plurality of boxes 20 along X-direction.
Wall member 606 wall member 601+the Y direction side on respect to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 606 is relative with wall member 605 across box chamber 602.According to the present embodiment, wall member 606 forms the left surface of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 606 is connected with 604 with wall member 603.Wall member 606 extends along X-direction, and intersects with the orientation (Y direction) of a plurality of boxes 20.
According to the above-mentioned position relationship of wall member 601 and 603-606, wall member 601 is perpendicular to Z-direction; Wall member 603 and 604 on X-direction toward each other; Wall member 605 and 606 on Y direction toward each other; And wall member 601 and opening OP on Z-direction toward each other.
Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on 600C place, bight, and wall member 601 intersects with the wall member 603 of keeper 60 herein.Contact mechanism 70 is positioned at than the position that approaches printing material supply pipe 640 and more approach wall member 603.Contact mechanism 70 comprises corresponding and contacted a plurality of equipment side terminals with each terminal 431-439 (Figure 10) of box side terminal 400, with and on arranged the terminal base portion of a plurality of equipment side terminals.
A-4-2. the concrete structure of contact mechanism 70:
Figure 18 is the stereogram of the contact mechanism 70 that unloads from keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 comprises terminal substrate 709 and is positioned at equipment side terminal or the contact formation member 731-739 in terminal substrate 709.In equipment side terminal 731-739, each is all the elastic component with electric conductivity, and has the ledge outstanding from equipment side chamfered surface 708, and it is shifted by external force.At box 20, be installed in the state of keeper 60, the direction that equipment side terminal 731-739 pushes back along the circuit board 40 by box 20 (comprise+Z direction vector composition and-direction of directions X vector composition) produce exert pressure or elastic force Pt (exerting pressure) (Fig. 5).Equipment side terminal 731-739 that will be outstanding from equipment side chamfered surface 708 at box 20, when equipment side chamfered surface 708 is exerted pressure, produces elasticity (exerting pressure) power Pt as reaction force.The vector composition of the resulting elastic force PT produced by equipment side terminal 731-739 promotes box 20 along removing direction RD, as mentioned above, this direction is the direction contrary with installation direction SD.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged on and nine positions that box side terminal 431-439 is corresponding.Equipment side terminal 731 is called " installation and measuring terminal 731 (the 3rd terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 732 is called " reseting terminal 732 ".Equipment side terminal 733 is called " clock terminal 733 ".Equipment side terminal 734 is called " installation and measuring terminal 734 (the 4th terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 735 is called " installation and measuring terminal 735 (the first terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 736 is called " power supply terminal 736 ".Equipment side terminal 737 is called " ground terminal 737 ".Equipment side terminal 738 is called " data terminal 738 ".Equipment side terminal 739 is called " installation and measuring terminal 739 (the second terminal) ".In order to distinguish with the box side terminal, word " equipment side " can be used as the prefix of each title.For example, " ground terminal 737 " can be called as " equipment side ground terminal 737 ".Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 together are referred to as equipment side terminal 700.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged on Z-direction the first equipment side terminal line and the second equipment side terminal line with diverse location.The first equipment side terminal line comprises five equipment side terminal 735-739, and the second equipment side terminal line comprises four equipment side terminal 731-734.The first equipment side terminal line is positioned on the second equipment side terminal line-Z-direction side.The number of equipment side terminal is not limited to nine, and can become according to the structure of circuit board 40 any desired number that is greater than nine or is less than nine.
In nine equipment side terminal 731-739, the equipment side ground terminal 737 that is positioned at the basic central authorities on Y direction is electrically connected to the earth connection (not shown).From equipment side chamfered surface 708, outstanding height is greater than other equipment side terminals 731-736,738 and 739 height to equipment side ground terminal 737.Therefore equipment side ground terminal 737 contacted with the circuit board 40 of box 20 before other equipment side terminals 731-736,738 and 739.
According to the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembling of printing machine, equipment side terminal 731-739 is positioned in terminal substrate 709, and forms one with the contact mechanism 70 be attached in keeper 60.Yet at the bottom of the use side subbase, the contact mechanism 70 of 709 one is optional.According to another embodiment, can be integrally formed with base wall member 601 or the outer wall 603W of keeper 60 for the suitable construction of receiving equipment side terminal 731-739, and equipment side terminal 731-739 can be incorporated in this structure.Terminal substrate 709 therefore neither be essential.
A-4-3. the structure of bar 80
Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80.Figure 20 shows the cross section of the axis body 850 that (XZ plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) obtained along the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis.Figure 21 shows along the central area through on the width (Y direction) of bar 80 and the cross section of the bar 80 that the plane (XZ plane, with Y-axis vertical plane) parallel with Z axis with X-axis obtained.Figure 21 shows the cross section of state lower beam 80 that suitably is installed to the design and installation position of keeper 60 at box 20.
As shown in Figure 19 and Figure 21, bar 80 comprises control member 830, a pair of axis body 850, guiding elements 820 and bonding part 810.Bar 80 has control member 830 and has bonding part 810 at opposite side (Z-direction end) at one end (+Z-direction end).Bar 80 has the rotating shaft 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.In other words, bar 80 is around the rotating shaft 800c pivotable of the position between control member 830 and bonding part 810.
The control member 830 of bar 80 receives by user's externally applied forces.As shown in figure 21, control member 830 is arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.At box 20, be installed in the installment state of keeper 60, control member 830 be positioned at rotating shaft 800c+the Z-direction side on.Control member 830 be positioned at keeper 60 the first equipment side side wall member 603+the Z-direction side on (Figure 15).
Control member 830 has operating surface 835 and control member apparent surface 831.Operating surface 835 receives by the user from+X-direction side direction-X-direction side externally applied forces (the power Pr shown in Fig. 5), so that box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Control member apparent surface 831 is installed to face relative with box 20 in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20.
As shown in figure 19, a pair of axis body 850 is arranged on the substantial middle position between the end of bar 80.A pair of axis body 850 defines the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80.Rotating shaft 800c is parallel with Y direction (orientation of box 20).An axis body 850a in a pair of axis body 850 (being called " the first axle body 850a ") bar 80+outstanding from outer surface 893 along+Y direction on the Y direction side.Another axis body 850b in a pair of axis body 850 (being called " the second axle body 850b ") bar 80-outstanding from outer surface 891 along-Y direction on the Y direction side.Outer surface 891 and 893 also is called side 891 and 893.Be arranged on a pair of axis body 850 on bar 80 by using fixture as above easily to limit rotating shaft 800c.
According to the present embodiment, each axis body 850 has inner arcuate surface 852, outer arcuate surface 854 and radial side 856 and 858.Each face 852,854,856 and 858 forms the outer surface of axis body 850.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854 are called respectively " the first curved surfaces 852 " and " the second curved surfaces 854 ".Inner arcuate surface 852 is corresponding with rotating shaft 800c with 854 center, outer arcuate surface.Inner arcuate surface 852 be positioned at than the position that approaches outer arcuate surface 854 and more approach the second equipment side side wall member 604 (that is, its-the X-direction side on).
As shown in figure 20, inner arcuate surface 852 is at the arc with forming on the X-axis cross section parallel with Z axis around rotating shaft 800c, and it has radius R 1a.Outer arcuate surface 854 is at the arc with forming on the X-axis cross section parallel with Z axis around rotating shaft 800c, and it has radius R 2a.Radius R 1a is less than radius R 2a.As mentioned above, each axis body 850 has concentric inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854, and this center of circle is positioned at the position that more approaches the second equipment side side wall member 604 than the outer arcuate surface 854 of the approaching part as outer surface.Therefore rotating shaft 800c can be arranged in the position that box chamber 602 more approaches box 20, and with box 20, does not interfere.This makes the bonding part 212 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of box 20 by bonding part 810 lockings, to reduce departing from from the first lock position 810L simultaneously.If rotating shaft 800c be positioned at box 20 away from position, bar 80 all can cause the remarkable displacement of bonding part 810 along Z-direction from any movement of the installation site of the design of the correct installment state for box 20.Rotating shaft 800c is positioned to the position that more approaches box 20 and has advantageously reduced when bar 80 moves from standard gestures in box 20 suitably is installed to the state of design and installation position, the displacement of bonding part 810 on Z-direction.That is, this location makes box 20 have from the less state departed from of the first lock position 810L by bonding part 810 lockings.The radius R 1a that the radius R 2a on outer arcuate surface 854 is set to be greater than inner arcuate surface 852 has advantageously prevented that the intensity of axis body 850 from descending." lock position (the first lock position) 810L " means when box 20 is installed to the installation site that is set to desirable design attitude, the first equipment side locking surface 811 (bonding part 810 first) and only surperficial 211 (the first bearing parts of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed) of the first box side chain against position.
Bonding part 810 is used in the motion of installment state locking box 20 and constrained box 20.As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 is arranged on bar 80-Z-direction end.Bonding part 810 is positioned at rotating shaft 800c's in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60-the Z-direction side on.
As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 by two parts by the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed (Fig. 5) locking.Bonding part 810 comprises as the first equipment side locking surface 811 (the first equipment side limiting element) of first with as groove 815 and the second equipment side locking surface 813 (the second equipment side limiting element) of second portion.According to the present embodiment, two equipment side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of bonding part 810 are positioned as intersected with each other.
The first equipment side locking surface 811 is to form the curved surface of arc around rotating shaft 800c.Therefore the first equipment side locking surface 811 has the arc around rotating shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with Z axis with X-axis (that is, with the parallel plane cross section of XZ, the cross section vertical with Y-axis).For box 20 is installed to keeper 60, this structure makes the first equipment side locking surface 811 can move to smoothly the first lock position 810L and box 20.Therefore this structure has been guaranteed box 20 is installed to smoothly to keeper 60 and unloads from it.
(the first lock position) 810L place in lock position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 approaches rotating shaft 800c on X-direction.In other words, according to the present embodiment, (the first lock position) 810L place in lock position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is orientated as almost under rotating shaft 800c.At 810L place, lock position, therefore the first equipment side locking surface 811 defines and+plane that Z-direction power is intersected with approximate right angle, and the box 20 in installment state receives this+the Z-direction power from equipment side terminal 700 and elastomeric element 648.According to the present embodiment, with the 811 contacted planes, the first equipment side locking surface as curved surface at 810L place, lock position, be the basic horizontal plane.The first box side chain possibility that engages releasing between surface 211 and the first equipment side locking surface 811 only when this has reduced in box 20 is installed to printing machine.Therefore, the first lock position 810L on X-direction, preferably approach rotating shaft 800c and rotating shaft 800c-position on the X-direction side.This makes with the first equipment side locking surface 811 plane basic horizontal that contact and has prevented from the box 20 in installment state to the first equipment side locking surface 811 apply+X-direction power.Even at the first box side chain when only depart from slightly from the first lock position 810L the actual lock position on the 211 and first equipment side locking surface 811, surface, the first lock position 810L is positioned on X-direction and approaches rotating shaft 800c and advantageously reduced lock position departing from Z-direction.In other words, this reduced box 20 on Z-direction with respect to the departing from of keeper 60, and guaranteed the excellent electric contact of box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700.For example, on the cross section of the bar 80 of obtaining on the plane along parallel with Z axis with X-axis, the first lock position 810L should be positioned as the angle A made through between rotating shaft 800c and the straight line parallel with Z-direction and straight line that rotating shaft 800c is connected with the first lock position 810L and preferably be not more than 15 degree, more preferably be not more than 10 degree, and more preferably be not more than 5 degree.Angle A also preferably is not less than 1 degree.
As shown in figure 19, guiding elements 820 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810, with from+extend to-Z-direction of Z-direction end end.Guiding elements 820 is used for, in the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed (shown in Figure 12) is directed to bonding part 810, simultaneously the motion of constrained box 20 on Y direction.Therefore box 20 can suitably be installed to the design and installation position.
Guiding elements 820 is by the guiding diapire 821 arranged along Y direction and the depression that forms towards a pair of guiding wall 860 of-X-direction degree in a vertical angle from guiding diapire 821.Guiding diapire 821 easily forms depression with this to guiding wall 860, is constructed to the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of projection with reception.This comprises the second guiding wall 860b on the first guiding wall 860a on be arranged on+Y direction side and be arranged on-Y direction side to guiding wall 860.Axis body 850a is positioned on the outer surface 893 of the first guiding wall 860a, and axis body 850b is positioned on the outer surface 891 of the second guiding wall 860b.
Space between two guiding wall 860a and 860b,, distance between the inner surface of two guiding wall 860a and 860b, be less than the Y direction length of box 20, but be greater than the Y direction length (as seen by Figure 12) of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed.For box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is received by guiding elements 820, and simply and reliably be directed to bonding part 810, and this motion on Y direction to guiding wall 860a and 860b constrained box 20, and guiding diapire 821 motions of constrained box 20 on Z-direction.
The part of guiding diapire 821 810 1 sides in bonding part has groove 870, and it is constructed to receive the second portion 214 (Figure 12) of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed.Groove 870 sink along+X-direction from the surface of guiding diapire 821.Groove 870 extends to it-the Z-direction end from guiding diapire 821 central authorities on+Z-direction.
The bar 80 be arranged on keeper 60 is constructed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved to the first lock position 810L.When axis body 850, by fixture 690 fixedly the time, bar 80 is tilted, with the first equipment side locking surface 811 is positioned at rotating shaft 800c-the X-direction side on (Figure 21).According to an embodiment, by the centre of gravity definition by bar 80 rotating shaft 800c-the Z-direction side and-the X-direction side on, can be so that bar 80 tilts.According to another embodiment, by the centre of gravity definition by bar 80 rotating shaft 800c+the Z-direction side and+the X-direction side on, can be so that bar 80 tilts.
A-4-4. the concrete structure of fixture 690
Figure 22 is the exploded perspective view of fixture 690 and the stereogram of bar 80.Bar 80 is fixing by fixture 690, rotatably to be installed to keeper 60.Figure 22 shows the part-structure of fixture 690 fixed bars 80.Fixture 690 is constituting by the first fixed component 650 and the second fixed component 680.Fixture 690 is made by synthetic resin, more specifically according to the present embodiment, by ABS resin, is made.
The first fixed component 650 has pair of upright part 651 and through hole 658.According to the present embodiment, the first fixed component 650 also has the jut 636 as the 3rd equipment side limiting element.
This of the first fixed component 650 is arranged as across for receiving the space of bar 80 upstanding portion 651.Each upstanding portion 651 has supporting member 645, to receive the axis body 850 of bar 80.According to the present embodiment, each upstanding portion 651 also has the conjugate foramen 656 for engaging the second fixed component 680.
The second fixed component 680 has pair of upright part 681 and through hole 688.According to the present embodiment, the second fixed component 680 also has elastic component 682.
This of the second fixed component 680 is arranged to through that space identical to the space between upstanding portion 651 with the first fixed component 650 upstanding portion 681.Each upstanding portion 681 has stop surface 684 to stop supporting member 654, in case the axis body 850 of stopping bar 80 unexpectedly separates with supporting member 654.According to this embodiment, each upstanding portion 681 also has engagement tab 686 with in the conjugate foramen 656 that is coupled to the first fixed component 650.
For bar 80 is installed to keeper 60, by each axis body 850 by bar 80, be arranged in the corresponding supporting member 654 of upstanding portion 651 of the first fixed component 650, carry out backstay 80.Subsequently, two fixed components 650 and 680 are assembled, make supporting member 654 (it has the axis body 850 of the bar 80 be coupled to wherein) be stopped by the corresponding stop surface 684 of the second fixed component 680.For example by being arranged on screw in through hole 658 and 688, be fixed to the wall of keeper 60 after the first and second fixed components 650 and 680.This rotatably is installed to keeper 60 by bar 80.
Figure 23 is installed to the structure of periphery of the installment state king-rod 80 of keeper 60 at box 20.Relation between the supporting member 654 of the axis body 852 of bar 80 and the first fixed component 650 is described with reference to Figure 23.Figure 23 shows along what obtain through the first equipment side locking surface 811 and the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis box 20 is carried out to the cross section of the bar 80 of locking.The outstanding shape of the axis body 850 that has been shown in dotted line bar 80 in Figure 23, and double dot dash line shows the outstanding shape of supporting member 654 and stop surface 684.
As known understanding by Figure 23, the inner arcuate surface 852 by axis body 850 positions with the rotating shaft 800c contacted bar 80 of supporting member 654 with outer arcuate surface 854.Bar 80 is rotated counterclockwise radial side 856 that (observing from+Y direction) make axis body 850 and supporting member 654 against.This has further limited the turning clockwise of bar 80 (observing from+Y direction).This has guaranteed the stable rotation of bar 80, and box 20 is remained on to the installation site of design with stable state.
In bar 80 rotary courses, elastic component 682 against be positioned at rotating shaft 800c-the joint back side 880 of bar 80 on the Z-direction side.Elastic component 682 is the rotating range of limit rod 80 the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it therefore.At box 20, be installed in the process of keeper 60, elastic component 682 is against the joint back side 880 of bar 80, and strain, and its direction along comprise-X-direction vector composition is exerted pressure to engaging the back side 880.This has guaranteed that the bonding part 810 of bar 80 moves to lock position (the first lock position) 810L.
A-5. box 20 be installed to keeper 60 and unload from it:
Figure 24 shows the process (installation process) of box 20 being installed or is arranged to keeper 60 to Figure 27.Figure 24 is the sectional view corresponding with Fig. 5 and Figure 17 to Figure 27, and once order is arranged according to time sequencing.
For box 20 is installed to keeper 60, at first process is the end face that box 20 is inserted through keeper 60, as shown in figure 24.That box 20 is moved along-Z-direction or installation direction after process, so that at first the second box lateral confinement part 220 sides processed of box 20 enter keeper 60 and afterwards the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is inserted into to the second equipment side limiting element 620.In the state of Figure 24, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of box 20 be located at the bar 80 in keeper 60 bonding part 810+the Z-direction side on.
Box 20 is around the clockwise pivotable of the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed (observing from+Y direction), this the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is inserted into the pivotal point rotated as the state from Figure 24 in the second equipment side limiting element 620, makes the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 move towards the wall member 601 of keeper 60.As shown in figure 25, after the first box lateral confinement part processed 210, along-Z-direction, move, simultaneously box 20 is along Y direction with along the moving by guiding elements 820 (that is, a pair of lead arm 860a and the 860b) restriction of the bar 80 in Figure 19 of X-direction, and 821 restrictions of guiding diapire.
Fashionable so that the 3rd 203 sides are pressed from the further rotation of the state of Figure 25 when box 20, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is further exerted pressure towards Z-direction.As shown in figure 26, after bar 80, by the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed, towards-X-direction, exerted pressure, (observe from+Y direction) being rotated counterclockwise.Bar 80 receives exerting pressure along the direction that bar 80 is pushed back clockwise against elastic component 682 and from elastic component 682.This is exerted pressure is the external force of comprise-X-direction vector composition.The rotatable scope of bar 80 is therefore by elastic component 682 restrictions.The bar 80 of Figure 26 keeps against elastic component 682 and the state of being exerted pressure by elastic component 682, until box 20 is further pressed into and the guiding elements 820 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 pressing rods 80 processed.
When box 20 from the state of Figure 26 further rotate with by the 3rd 203 sides by fashionable, the guiding elements 820 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 final pressing rods 80 processed.After bar 80, be rotated, with along shown in Figure 27-X-direction moves the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed.Therefore bonding part 810 moves to the first lock position 810L and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is locked to the first lock position 810L.More specifically, as shown in the close up view of bottom right, the first equipment side locking surface 811 (first) of bonding part 810 is against the first box side chain of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed surface 211 (the first bearing parts) only, the moving along+Z-direction with constrained box 20.The second equipment side locking surface 813 (second portion) of bonding part 810 is also against the second box side chain of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed surface 213 (the second bearing parts) only, the motion with constrained box 20 on+X-direction.Although the first box side chain only surface 211 only shown in the close up view of Figure 27 is being two separate, substantially vertical surfaces in surface 213 with the second box side chain, as shown in Figure 27 A, there is curved surface but the first 212 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can form, make only surperficial the 211 and second box side chain of the first box side chain stop the separating part that surface 213 is constructed to similar face.Alternatively, as shown in Figure 27 B, the bonding part 212 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can form smooth inclined surface or other shapes, makes only surperficial the 211 and second box side chain of the first box side chain stop the separating part that surface 213 is constructed to similar face.A part as installation portion, after the ink feed structure 280 of box 20, with printing material supply pipe 640, be connected, while the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed engages with the second equipment side limiting element 620 and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed engages with bonding part 810.This has completed box 20 has been installed to keeper 60.What box 20 was set up between design and installation position suitable is arranged on box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 is electrically connected to, and makes its permission carry out the signal transmission between box 20 and printing machine 50.
According to the present embodiment, as shown in Figure 23 and Figure 27, elastic component 682 be constructed under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 not with bar 80 against, and external force is not applied to thus to bar 80.This has reduced the possibility that bar 80 is departed from from the first lock position 810L by possibility and the bonding part 810 of external force strain.Therefore this guaranteed stable be electrically connected between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be designed as under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 against bar 80, and thus power is applied to bar 80 along the direction of comprise-X-direction vector composition.In this application, elastic component 682 is applied to bar 80 by power along the direction of comprise-X-direction vector composition continuously, and regardless of the position of bar 80.This moves to the first lock position 810L with enough power by bonding part 810, so that box 20 is installed to keeper 60.This has provided obvious click (click), to inform that subscriber box 20 is by bonding part 810 lockings.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be omitted.The application has reduced the total number of parts.
Description is unloaded box 20 process from keeper 60.For box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, the user is along-X-direction pressing operation member 830.In other words, the user is applied to control member 830 by external force Pr (Fig. 5) along the direction of comprise-X-direction vector composition.After bar 80, bonding part 810 is moved along the direction of comprise+X-direction vector composition around rotating shaft 800c.Simultaneously, only surface 211 direction rotations along the arrow Y22 shown in Figure 23 are also mobile for the first box side chain.This 810 breaks away from the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed from bonding part, and has eliminated on+Z-direction the restriction for the motion of the 3rd 203 sides of box 20.Having eliminated on the 3rd the 203 sides that+Z-direction of restriction to(for) the motion of box 20 makes box 20 is moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70.This moves to box 20 state of Figure 26 from the state of Figure 27.Box 20 is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) by the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed of pivotal point as rotation in being inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620, with the 3rd 203 sides by box 20, from the diapire member 601 of keeper 60, pull open.This moves to box 20 state of Figure 25 from the state of Figure 26, and further moves to the state of Figure 24.The user can be applied to jut 260 along the direction of comprise-X-direction vector composition by external force, with rotation box 20.This operation rotates counterclockwise the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 (observing from+Y direction), and the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 are moved along+Z-direction.The 3rd 203 sides of user's handling box 20, and the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is opened from the second equipment side limiting element 620, so that box 20 is removed from keeper 60.
As shown in the close up view of Figure 27, the control member 830 of bar 80 comprises control member apparent surface 831.For the box 20 under installment state is removed from keeper 60, when the user exerts pressure to control member 830, control member apparent surface 831 contacts with jut 260.Control member apparent surface 831 to comprise-X-direction vector composition and+direction of Z-direction vector composition tilts.Bar 80 is rotated and makes control member apparent surface 831 contact with jut 260 along the direction of arrow Y27 around rotating shaft 800c, and at the direction Yh of comprise-X-direction vector composition and+Z-direction vector composition, jut 260 is exerted pressure.This contributes to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Even blocked by the part of keeper 60 at box 20 and can not be by the only movement of surface 211 from the first lock position 810L along+X-direction and while moving along+Z-direction of the first box side chain, by using control member apparent surface 831 and jut 260, the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 still can move along+Z-direction.
A-6. use the installation and measuring method of installation and measuring terminal:
Figure 28 shows the block diagram according to the electronic structure of the circuit board 40 of the box 20 of the first embodiment and printing machine 50.Printing machine 50 comprises display floater 590, power supply circuits 580, main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.Display floater 590, as display unit, comes to the various information of user notification, for example, and the installment state of the condition of work of printing machine 50 and box 20.Display floater 590 can be arranged on the working cell (not shown) that can observe from the outside of printing machine 50.Power supply circuits 580 comprise that the first power supply 581 is to produce the first supply voltage VDD, and comprise that second source 582 is to produce second source voltage VHV.The first supply voltage VDD is the normal power supplies voltage (for example, the rated voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuit.Second source voltage VHV for example is, for the high voltage that 540 (Fig. 2) are driven (, the rated voltage of 42V) to the injection ink.These voltage VDD and VHV are provided to sub-control circuit 550, are offered other circuit based on needs simultaneously.Main control circuit 570 comprises CPU571 and memory 572.Sub-control circuit 550 comprises memorizer control circuit 551 and mounting testing circuit 552.The circuit structure that comprises main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550 is called " control circuit ".
In nine terminals (Figure 10) on the circuit board 40 that is arranged at box 20, reseting terminal 432, clock terminal 433, power supply terminal 436, ground terminal 437 and data terminal 438 are electrically connected to memory cell 420.Memory cell 420 is the nonvolatile memories without address terminal.In memory cell 420, the umber of pulse of the clock signal SCK based on from clock terminal 433 inputs and the order data of inputting from data terminal 438, determine the memory cell that will be accessed.Memory cell 420 synchronously receives data or data is sent to data terminal 438 from data terminal 438 with clock signal SCK.Clock terminal 433 is used to clock signal SCK is provided to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550 (Figure 28).Printing machine 50 will for example, be applied to respectively power supply terminal 436 and ground terminal 437 for supply voltage (, the rated voltage of 3.3V) and the ground voltage (0V) that drives memory cell 420.Can be the first supply voltage VDD directly provided by printing machine 50 or can be produced by the first supply voltage VDD lower than the first supply voltage VDD for the supply voltage that drives memory cell 420.Data terminal 438 is used to send data-signal SDA between sub-control circuit 550 and memory cell 420.Reseting terminal 432 is used to reset signal RST is offered to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550.Wiring in four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 circuit boards by box 20 40 (Fig. 3) interconnects and all is grounded.For example, installation and measuring terminal 431,434,435 is connected to be grounded with ground terminal 437 with 439.According to another embodiment, installation and measuring terminal 431,434,435 and 439 can be by any access path ground connection, and do not need ground terminal 437.As understood by this specification is clear, installation and measuring terminal 431,434,435 can be connected with the part of storage terminal (or memory cell 420) with 439, but preferably with any memory terminal except ground terminal 437 or memory cell 420, is not connected.The installation and measuring terminal is not connected and causes not having signal or voltage to be applied to the installation and measuring terminal except the installation check signal with memory terminal or memory cell, and has therefore guaranteed accurate installation and measuring.Wiring in four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 embodiment of the figure by Figure 28 interconnects, but the part of access path can be replaced by resistance.
In Figure 28, pathname SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to each access path that equipment side terminal 731-739 is connected with the box side terminal 431-439 of circuit board 40.About the access path to memory cell 420, signal name is used to pathname.
Figure 29 shows being connected between circuit board 40 and mounting testing circuit 552.Four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 of circuit board 40 are connected with mounting testing circuit 552 with 739 via corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734,735 with 439.Four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 of circuit board 40 are grounded.Equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739 with mounting testing circuit 552 between link path respectively at the first supply voltage VDD (rated voltage of 3.3V) in sub-control circuit 550, via pull-up resistor, be connected.
In the figure of Figure 29 embodiment, three terminals 431,434 in four the installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 and installation and measuring terminal 435 have good being connected with corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734 with 735.Yet installation and measuring terminal 439 has poor being connected with corresponding equipment side terminal 739.Voltage levvl for the access path of three equipment side terminals 731,734 and 735 under good connection status is L level (ground voltage level), and the voltage levvl for the access path of equipment side terminal 739 is H level (supply voltage VDD level) under poor connection status.Mounting testing circuit 552 can check the voltage levvl of these access paths, identify with respect in four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 each good/poor connection status.
Four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 on circuit board 40 and 439 contact portion cp are positioned at the outside of first area 400P, and this first area comprises the contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 contact portion cp are positioned at four bights of quadrangle second area 400T, and this zone comprises first area 400P.First area 400P preferably comprises contact portion cp, the as far as possible little quadrangle of five memory terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438.Second area 400T preferably comprises contact portion cp, the as far as possible little quadrangle of box side terminal 431-439.
Under the state of whole four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 good contacts, box 20 does not have remarkable inclination and guarantees the good contact of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.On the other hand, at four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435, with in any one or the poor state contacted of many persons in 439, box 20 has remarkable inclination and can cause that memory terminal 432,433,436,437 contacts with any one or the poor of many persons in 438.According to preferred embodiment, under any one in four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 or the state of many persons cross-contact, mounting testing circuit 552 shows the information (character string or image) that means wrong installation on display floater 590, with the notice user error, installs.
Due to following reason, installation and measuring terminal 431,434,435 and 439 contact portion cp are disposed in four bights around first area 400P, and first area comprises the contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.In box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, there is some surplus that is used for tilting box 20, make the circuit board 40 of box 20 to tilt with respect to the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.For example, box 20 is tilted so that the terminal 431-434 in the up R2 on circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) (more specifically, their contact portion) may cause the poor contact of any terminal of the terminal 431-434 in up R2 further from contact mechanism 70 than the terminal 435-439 (more specifically, their contact portion) in descending R1 (Figure 10 A).Box 20 is tilted so that the terminal 435-439 in the descending R1 on circuit board 40 (more specifically, their contact portion) may cause the poor contact of any terminal in the terminal 435-439 in descending R1 further from contact mechanism 70 than the terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in up R2.The left hand edge of circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) box 20 tilted so that 70 may cause the terminal 431,432,435,436 on the left side of circuit board 40 to contact with the poor of any terminal in 437 than right hand edge further from contact mechanism.The right hand edge of circuit board 40 box 20 tilted so that 70 may cause the terminal 433,434,437,438 on the right side of circuit board 40 to contact with the poor of any terminal in 439 than left hand edge further from contact mechanism.Poor contact may cause from the wrong of memory cell 420 reading out datas or cause to the mistake of data writing memory cell 420.Check that whether good/poor contact of whole four installation and measuring terminals 431,434,435 and 439 contact portion cp (it is disposed in outside the first area 400P that comprises memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 contact portion cp) advantageously prevented the poor contact that this inclination due to box 20 causes and the access errors in the memory cell 420 caused.
A-7. the beneficial effect of embodiment:
A-7-1. the present embodiment is than the specific beneficial effect of disclosed structure in the U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 formerly mentioned and U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780.
According in the present embodiment printing material supply system 10, bar 80 is arranged on keeper 60, and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on box 20.Box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned at bar 80 rotating shaft 800c-the Z-direction side on.From in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, structure that bar is combined with box is different, for the engagement member of being combined with keeper not between the control member of rotating shaft and bar.Therefore, need between bar and box side, not produce relative large distance.Therefore, the structure of embodiment has shortened the distance between bar 80 and box 20 the 3rd 203, that is, the size on X-direction has shortened the length of bar simultaneously, that is, and and the size on Z-direction.This allows to reduce significantly the size of printing machine 50 and whole printing material supply system 10, and reduces the size for the encapsulation of transportation and distribution boxes 20, and this has advantageously reduced cost of transportation and component costs.This beneficial effect is not simply as U.S. Patent No. 6,276, and 780 describedly at the printing machine keeper but not provide bar to realize on box.This beneficial effect be by the rotating shaft 800c by bar 80 be arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810 and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at bar 80 rotating shaft 800c-realize on the Z-direction side.
Comprise relatively short bar 80 and there is smaller szie and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of simple structure (for example, projection) more according to the printing material supply system 10 of the present embodiment.Than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, this has increased the rigidity of bar 80 and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed, and allows to select for bar 80 and the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed (box 20) material of relative higher rigidity.This has caused reducing significantly bar 80 and the plastic deformation of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed or the possibility of creep.In installment state, box 20 can be maintained at the correct position in keeper 60, and this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and has reduced poor continuity.Because the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of the present embodiment has little size and simple result, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation (particularly Vacuum Package) for transportation and distribution box 20, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has improved the convenience used.For this beneficial effect, as provided jut to be used as the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed as described in the present embodiment, be particularly preferred.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned at bar 80 rotating shaft 800c-the Z-direction side on.As formerly described, under the installment state of box 20, equipment side terminal 731-739 be created on the direction that circuit board 40 is pushed back (that is, comprise+Z-direction vector composition and-direction of X-direction vector composition on) the Pt that exerts pressure.Be desirably under installment state this Pt that exerts pressure moves box 20 on+Z-direction.Yet, in the printing material supply system 10 of embodiment, the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed-the Z-direction side on, make the motion of bar 80 constrained box 20 from+Z-direction side direction-Z-direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned at bar 80 rotating shaft 800c-the Z-direction side on and-the X-direction side on.When box 20 moves along+Z-direction, producing the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5 on bar 80.This torque has an effect to make the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed effectively to be exerted pressure on-X-direction by bonding part 810.Along with the moving box 20 on-X-direction of the X-direction vector composition by the Pt that exerts pressure, this torque also has an effect the bonding part 810 of carriage release lever 80.Box 20 in installment state is capacity therefore, and is pressed towards equipment side diapire member 601 and the second equipment side side wall member 604.This structure of the present embodiment has prevented that the unexpected hell of box 20 keeper 60 breaks away from, and has maintained thus the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and has reduced poor continuity.
As shown in figure 27, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed comprises only surface 211 of the first box side chain, it is the first equipment side locking surface 811 of 810 against bonding part, motion with constrained box 20 on+Z-direction, and comprise that the second box side chain stops surface 213, it is the second equipment side locking surface 813 of 810 against bonding part, the motion with constrained box 20 on+X-direction.This has guaranteed to produce the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5, and has more effectively reduced successional possibility poor between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739.
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed has second portion 214.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed reduced box 20 be installed to the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed under the installment state of keeper 60 be locked in bonding part 810-possibility of position on the Z-direction side.In box 20 is installed to the process of keeper 60, the user can press deeplyer than the state of Figure 27 by box 20 on-Z-direction in keeper 60.Even in this case, the second portion 214 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is still against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of bar 80, with prevent the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned in bonding part 810-the Z-direction side on.This has reduced the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and has been locked at the possibility of unexpected lock position by bonding part 810.
A-7-2. reduce the effect of external force in the installment state of box:
Figure 30 shows the external force that is applied to box 20 in installation or arrangement state.During the printing operation of printing machine 50, keeper 60 and box 20 repeatedly move on main scanning direction (width of Y direction or box 20).Therefore box 20 accelerates and accepts between deceleration period external force (inertia force) on width at keeper 60.The box 20 of accepting external force can be along the direction of rotation that comprises width vector composition (Y direction vector composition) around ink feed structure 280 (Figure 27) and printing material supply pipe 640.More specifically, the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 can be rotated along the direction of arrow YR1, and fourth face 204 sides of box 20 can be rotated along the direction of arrow YR2 simultaneously.Second 202 side of box 20 also can be rotated along the defence line of YR3.The direction of the direction of arrow YR1 and arrow YR2 is the direction of rotation around Z axis, and it comprises Y direction vector composition (width vector composition).The direction of arrow YR3 is the direction of rotation around X week, and it comprises Y direction vector composition (width vector composition).
Box 20 is moved to the 5th 205 or the 6th 206 of making box 20 along the direction of arrow YR3 by along+Z-direction pull-up.Yet, as formerly described, this movement of box 20 on+Z-direction is by bar 80 restrictions.According to this embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed approaches cross part 295 as shown in figure 13.In other words, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed approaches the plate end 405 of circuit board 40.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged to and approaches as much as possible box side terminal 400.Because the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is by bar 80 lockings, so the periphery of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can not cause that position moves by external force substantially.Box side terminal 400 is arranged on and has the position of moving minimum position and effectively prevented the position mispairing of each terminal 431-439 of box side terminal 400 with respect to keeper 60, therefore kept box side terminal 400 to be connected with the stable electrical between equipment side terminal 700.In order to ensure this beneficial effect, preferably by least a portion of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed (particularly the first box side chain only surface 211) on Y direction (width, when along-X-direction during from the 3rd 203 side observation box 20) be positioned between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P (Figure 10 A).
As shown in Figure 7, according to the present embodiment, the angle part 265 of box 20 has the ladder 207 (the 7th face) extended from first surface 201 along+Z-direction.Be positioned at for the 7th 207 chamfered surface (octahedral) 208-the X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on.There is the 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed for the 7th 207.As shown in Fig. 2 and Figure 14-Figure 16, keeper 60 has the 3rd equipment side limiting element (jut) 636.The 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed contacts with jut 636.These the 3rd 203 sides that further limited box 20 on width around the motion of printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.The 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed preferably is constructed to from the 7th the 207 a pair of haunched member outstanding along+X-direction, to receive jut 636 between it, as be shown in the examples.The 3rd 203 sides that this simple structure has limited box 20 effectively on width around the motion of printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.
As shown in figure 13, according to the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 of circuit board 40 and the 3rd box lateral confinement element 250 processed are arranged on X-direction (when from first surface 201 sides along+Z-direction observation box 20) and overlap each other.This has further limited the motion of box 20 on the direction of arrow YR1 effectively, and prevents thus the motion (depart from) of box side terminal 400 with respect to keeper 60.
In the above description, broad ways is applied to the inertia force that the external force of box 20 is generations of the motion on main scanning direction by box 20.Yet the external force that is applied to box 20 is not limited to this inertia force.For example, in the posture printing machine, print head moves on main scanning direction, but box 20 is installed to static keeper, and therefore on main scanning direction, does not move.Yet, in the posture printing machine, box 20 may be accepted external force.More specifically, external force (inertia force) may be for example because the vibration that the movement on main scanning direction produces from print head is applied to box 20.
A-7-3. reduce the inclination of the box 20 under installment state
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is set up with the plane Yc of central authorities through the width (Y direction length) of box 20 intersects.As shown in Figure 5, the box under installment state 20 receives exert pressure Ps and the Pt of comprise+Z-direction vector composition from keeper 60.These exert pressure Ps and Pt exert pressure the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed towards the bonding part 810 of bar 80.Even the box 20 under installment state by external force when X-axis or Z axis shake, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed also can move hardly near the position intersected with plane Yc.
The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned as and approaches cross part 295,, approaches plate end 405 that is.Being provided at the position that approaches very much box side terminal 400 moves very little the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and has guaranteed that box side terminal 400 is connected with the stable electrical between contact mechanism 70.
The live part of position of constrained box side terminal 400 of specifically being used for of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is only surfaces 211 of the first box side chain.Therefore preferably the first box side chain is only orientated as and approached as far as possible box side terminal 400 in surface 211.Omitting the third part 215 of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and bonding part 212 is orientated as to contact with first side 290 makes the first box side chain only can approach as far as possible cross part 295 or plate end 405 in surface 211.This has further guaranteed that box side terminal 400 is connected with the stable electrical between contact mechanism 70.
According to this embodiment, as shown in figure 10, in the contact portion cp of each box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that the centre on Y direction has contact portion cp is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.The line that other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 contact portion cp are arranged to respect to the cross part of plane Yc and ground terminal 437 is the axis symmetry.Plane Yc has especially little motion, because the position of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed has been fixed.Box side terminal 400 be arranged on the plane Yc with small movements upper or its near.Except the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on to the position that approaches very much box side terminal 400, box side terminal 400 is positioned to plane Yc above or has further guaranteed near it that box side terminal 400 is connected with the stable electrical between contact mechanism 70.
A-7-4. the intense adjustment of box 20 in installment state:
According to this embodiment, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed (more specifically, the first box side chain is surface 211 only) be not positioned at outside, but be located on Y direction box side terminal 400 +the first outside 435P on the Y direction side and box side terminal 400-inside of scope 40Y between the second outside 439P on the Y direction side.After box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box side terminal 400 is from the power of equipment side terminal 700 reception+Z-direction vector compositions, with the inclination of adjusting subtly box 20 or the direction of more specifically adjusting inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 (being provided with box side terminal 400 thereon).The first box side chain of manufacturing the wrong position that may change each equipment side terminal 731-739 and equipment side chamfered surface 708 or the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is surperficial 211 level only.Even in this case, the intense adjustment of the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 has guaranteed that box side terminal 400 is connected with the stable electrical between equipment side terminal 700.
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment of the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.After the attitude of intense adjustment box 20, the position of box 20 is shown by dashed lines.In this example, the installation and measuring terminal 731 of equipment side terminal 700 is manyly than design flow outstanding from equipment side chamfered surface 708 (Figure 18) along+Z-direction.In this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 receives along the power Ph of the direction of comprise+Z-direction vector composition from installation and measuring terminal 731.The first box side chain only is positioned in scope 40Y and allows box 20 more to rotate around X-axis in surface 211.In other words, power Ph is applied to inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 and allows the attitude of damper box 20 subtly.In example shown in Figure 31, the attitude of box 20 is adjusted into subtly towards the 6th 206 and is rolled tiltedly.
A-7-5. the beneficial effect of the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed:
Box 20 has the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed (Figure 27) on fourth face 204, its for constrained box 20 from its+the X-direction side moves along+Z-direction.This has further guaranteed that box side terminal 400 is connected with the stable electrical between equipment side terminal 700.
According to this embodiment, the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is from fourth face 204 along-jut that X-direction is outstanding.The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3) of form of the through hole with keeper 60.The user rotates box 20 near the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed that is inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 2), box 20 be installed to keeper 60 or unload from it.The second equipment side limiting element 620 is therefore as the guiding piece for box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.This structure contributes to box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed with jut form can be arranged on the fourth face 204 of box 20 simply.
A-7-6. the beneficial effect of jut 260
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, box 20 on the 3rd 203 the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed+there is jut 260 on the Z-direction side.For box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, the control member 830 that power is applied to bar 80 from+X-direction side direction-X-direction side makes control member 830 contact with jut 260 and the direction Yh along comprise+Z-direction vector composition exerts pressure by jut 260.Therefore jut 260 receives the power of have+Z-direction vector composition.This contributes to by using control member 830 that box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Even box 20 by keeper 60 a part block and can not be by the only movement of surface 211 from the first lock position 810L along+X-direction and while moving along+Z-direction of the first box side chain, by using jut 260, the 3rd 203 sides of box 20 still can move along+Z-direction.
Although directly from control member 830, be applied to jut 260 according to embodiment external force, external force may be applied to jut 260 from control member 830.Rotational operation member 830 breaks away from bonding part 810 from the first box lateral confinement part processed 210, and has eliminated on+Z-direction the restriction for the motion of the 3rd 203 sides of box 20.The 3rd 203 sides that elimination makes box 20 for the restriction of the motion of box 20 on+Z-direction are moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70.The jut 260 of box 20 moves along direction YH simultaneously.The jut 260 that user's handling moves along direction Yh peripheral and easily box 20 being unloaded from keeper 60.Provide jut 260 to improve the operability that box 20 is write from keeper 60, and do not need power is applied directly to jut 260 from control member 830.
A-7-7. the beneficial effect of the position of ink feed structure 280:
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on first surface 201 than approaching the 3rd 203 position that more approaches fourth face 204.Therefore distance between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd 203 on X-direction is greater than the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the distance between fourth face 204.Box side terminal 400 be arranged on the 3rd 203 adjacent inclined-plane terminal support structures 408 on.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the position of leaving box side terminal 400.This has reduced ink and has been adsorbed to the possibility of box side terminal 400 and prevents poor contact the between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
A-7-8. the beneficial effect of ground terminal 437
According to the present embodiment, among the contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that has contact portion cp in the central authorities of Y direction is arranged on the position that the plane Yc with the central authorities of width (Y direction length) through box 20 intersects.Ground terminal 437 be constructed in the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 other box side terminals 431-436,438 with contacted contact mechanism 70 before 439.At first be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60 at the width of box 20 or the basic centre generation of Y direction length thus.This has prevented from being applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and has played a role and box 20 is tilted to Y direction, and makes thus box 20 be installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 other terminals 431-436,438 with before 439, with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, contact, even when the high voltage of not expecting is applied to box 20, also can advantageously prevent or reduce problem and fault that high voltage causes by the grounding function of ground terminal 437.
A-7-9. the beneficial effect of the shape on the first equipment side locking surface 811:
As shown in figure 21, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is to have the arc around rotating shaft 800c with on the X-axis cross section parallel with Z axis.In box 20 is installed to the process of keeper 60, this has guaranteed the smooth operation that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and unloads from it.The first equipment side locking surface 811 is formed to curved surface have been reduced in the process that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 by elastomeric element 648 (Figure 27) along+amount that Z-direction pushes back.This has guaranteed the excellent electric contact between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
An example of this beneficial effect is described to Figure 32 F with reference to Figure 32 A.Figure 32 A to the vertical direction of Figure 32 F corresponding to Z-direction; Upward direction in accompanying drawing is corresponding to+Z-direction, and downward direction is corresponding to-Z-direction, and they are opposite directions.Figure 32 A shows with the first equipment side locking surface 811 that forms curved surface and carrys out mounting box to Figure 32 C, and is to arrange according to time sequencing.Figure 32 D shows with the first equipment side locking surface 811 that forms plane and carrys out mounting box to Figure 32 F, and is to arrange according to time sequencing.
As shown in Figure 32 A, for box 20 being installed to keeper 60, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed, along-Z-direction, move, simultaneously against guiding diapire 821.As shown in Figure 32 B, when the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed further moves through guiding diapire 821 along-Z-direction, the first equipment side locking surface 811 directions along arrow Y32 move.When the user firmly presses box 20 along-Z-direction, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed be positioned at the first equipment side locking surface 811-the Z-direction side on.When the user unclamps the gripping for box 20, box 20 is upwards exerted pressure on+Z-direction by exert pressure Ps and the Pt of elastomeric element 648 and equipment side terminal 700.As shown in Figure 32 C, when the first equipment side locking surface 811 forms curved surface, the amount of being pushed upwardly of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of box 20 is D1.
As Figure 32 D, to as shown in Figure 32 F, when the first equipment side locking surface 811t forms plane, the amount of being pushed upwardly of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed of box 20 is D2, and it is greater than D1.
In the installment state of box 20, than the first equipment side locking surface 811t that forms plane, the first equipment side locking surface 811 that forms curved surface can be positioned at more to-Z-direction side.This has reduced the amount of being pushed upwardly of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed.
According to this embodiment, the first equipment side locking surface 811 that is positioned at default or the first 810L place, lock position approaches rotating shaft 800c on X-direction (Figure 21).Even, while departing from from the first lock position 810L on X-direction in actual lock position, this has still reduced the first displacement of equipment side locking surface 811 on Z-direction.Therefore this prevented box 20 departing from respect to keeper 60 on Z-direction.
B. additional embodiment:
Figure 33 shows the printing machine 50a according to the second embodiment.Figure 33 shows the cross section corresponding with the cross section of Figure 17 according to the first embodiment.The difference of the printing machine 50 of itself and the first embodiment is that fixture 690a does not have elastic component 682.The printing machine 50 of the printing machine 50a of the second embodiment and the first embodiment has same structure in addition.Similar element is meaned by similar Reference numeral, and does not have specific explanations here.The box 20 that is installed to printing machine 50a has same structure with the box 20 that is installed to the printing machine 50 of the first embodiment.
As shown in figure 33, fixture 690 does not have the elastic component that bar 80 is exerted pressure to bar 80 along the direction of comprise-X-direction vector composition.Yet bar 80 is designed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is navigated to the first lock position 810L, make the first box side chain of box 20 stop first equipment side locking surface 811 lockings of surface 211 by bar 80.
The printing machine 50a of the second embodiment has the similar beneficial effect of printing machine 50 with the first embodiment.In addition, the structure that does not have the fixture 690 of elastic component has reduced the possibility that fixture 690 damages or breaks, and has reduced the sum of parts, to reduce the manufacturing cost of printing machine 50a.
C. the 3rd embodiment:
Figure 34 shows the stereogram according to the outward appearance of the box 20b of the 3rd embodiment.The difference of the box 20 (Fig. 7) of itself and the first embodiment is the size of box 20b.The box 20 of the box 20b of the 3rd embodiment and the first embodiment has same structure in addition.Similar element is meaned by similar Reference numeral, and does not have specific explanations here.The printing machine of the 3rd embodiment is applicable to box 20b, but for example, has same structure with the keeper 60 of the first embodiment and each member (, bar 80) be arranged on keeper 60.
Box 20b has the size larger than the box of the first embodiment 20, and can hold more substantial ink.Box 20b is installed to the box mounting structure of the large ink-jet printer that can for example, be printed large paper (, size A2 is to A0).Box 20b by along as installation direction SD-Z-direction is installed to the box mounting structure of large ink-jet printer.According to this embodiment ,-Z-direction is horizontal aspect.At box 20b, be installed in the installment state of box mounting structure, X-direction is vertical direction.More specifically ,+X-direction is direction straight up, and-X-direction is direction straight down.
D. the modification of box structure:
Figure 35 shows the modification of box structure to Figure 37.These boxes designed to be used the printing machine that has identical structure with the printing machine 50 according to the first embodiment.These boxes are meaned by similar Reference numeral to the similar element of box 20 of the first embodiment.
D-1. the modification of box profile:
Figure 35 A shows the concept map according to the box profile of other embodiment to Figure 35 H.Box 20c shown in Figure 35 A has the housing of ellipse or oraloid.Box 20c has the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and the circuit board 40 be arranged on front.Ink feed structure 280 is formed on the bottom surface of box 20c, and the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is arranged on the back side of box 20c.When from its front face side observation box 20c, this box 20c has fixed width.Box 20 compatibilities shown in this box 20c and Fig. 7, as long as the first and second box lateral confinements part 210 processed and 220, circuit board 40 are constructed to be connected with the appropriate section in Figure 50 with ink feed structure 280.
Box 20d shown in Figure 35 B have with Fig. 7 in the similar approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape of box 20.The large difference of the box 20 of itself and Fig. 7 is that octahedral 208 is not continuous from the lower end of the 3rd 203.Box 201 shown in Figure 35 G similar with box 20d in shape and design, but the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is disposed in the position that more approaches terminal support structure 408.Box 20e shown in Figure 35 C and 35D and 20f do not have the 7th in the box 20 that is included in Fig. 7.Box 20g shown in Figure 35 E has by means of screw and is arranged on the circuit board 40 on octahedral 208.Box 20h shown in Figure 35 F has and is fixed by hinge or face 208h movably otherwise, replace octahedral 208, and circuit board 40 is installed on movable surface 208h.When box 20h is installed on printing machine, movable surface 208h moves to the position by the solid line indication from the position by the dotted line indication.Once box 20h suitably is installed in printing machine and the position of movable surface 208h in being indicated by solid line, the contact portion of the terminal on circuit board 40 is arranged on the TP of contact portion plane.These boxes 20c to 20g also with Fig. 7 in box 20 compatibilities, as long as the first and second box lateral confinements part 210 processed and 220, circuit board 40 are constructed to be connected with the appropriate section in printing machine 50 with ink feed structure 280.Box 20m shown in Figure 35 H has elongated members 211a, but its be connected with the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed at one end and be connected with the top 202 of box 20m via hinge or other pivots at other end place.Although terminal has smooth shape in above embodiment, terminal can be lengthwise, linear or other shapes.For example, Figure 35 I shows the embodiment of lengthwise terminal 400n, and wherein when box 20j is installed in printing machine, contact portion cp is aligned on the TP of contact portion plane.In the embodiment shown in Figure 35 J, box 20j comprises the contact mechanism 70j that has basic identical structure (structure that comprises terminal) with the equipment side contact mechanism 70 shown in Figure 18.Contact mechanism 70j has flexible terminal, and this flexible terminal has contact portion, and when box 20j is installed in printing machine, this contact portion contacts and substantially is arranged on the TP of contact portion plane with the equipment side terminal 700 with contact mechanism 70.At the wherein terminal as Figure 35 I and 35J, not in the embodiment of even shape, " terminal support structure " and " chamfered surface " is considered to be considered to the part that the box terminal is supported contact portion, and therefore with by contact portion plane TP, meaned.Equally, the part engaged with the equipment side lever of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned at than approaching following cross part and more approaches contact portion plane TP with the 3rd 203 positions that contact and more approach contact portion cp itself: the cross part in (1) end face 202 and front 203, (2) the two the cross part (for example, when box body has as the end face of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D formed thereby and bottom surface) of elongated surfaces of the cross part of the elongated surfaces of the another one in the one in end face 202 and positive 203 and end face 202 and positive 203, or (3) end face 202 and front 203.In the embodiment of Figure 35 J, the circuit board 40j of box 20j is positioned in the inside of contact mechanism 70j and contacts contact mechanism 70 via the direct contact by contact mechanism 70j.
As intelligible in held to the example of Figure 35 H by Figure 35 A, there are various other modifications of box profile.At box, have in the situation of other shapes except approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D, six faces of rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part, that is, bottom surface 201 (first surface), end face 202 (the second face), positive 203 (the 3rd faces), the back side 204 (fourth face), left surface 205 (the 5th face) and right flank 206 (the 6th face) can be vertical.In its explanation, term " face " and " plane " mean virtual plane or non-existent (imagination) plane and the physical plane as shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8 as shown in Figure 35 A or Figure 35 D.Term " face " and " plane " comprise surface and the curved surface on plane.
D-2. the box that there is adapter:
Figure 36 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box 20i of the adapter of an embodiment.This box 20i can be separated into container assemblies 200i and the adapter 299 that comprises ink chamber 200, after them, can be fitted to and come together to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, the user replaces container assemblies 200i with new container assemblies or printing material is filled in container assemblies 200i.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i compatibility of the first embodiment shown in box 20i and Fig. 7.
Be configured to the housing of container assemblies 200i and for the combination of the housing of adapter 299i for the housing 22i of box 20i.Container assemblies 200i comprises the ink chamber 200 that is constructed to hold ink, printing material flow path 282 and the resin foam 284 that is constructed to provide to the ink feed structure ink or printing material.Container assemblies 200i has second 202 corresponding second 202i with box 20i.Container assemblies 200i also has corresponding to octahedral 203-208 with the first surface 201 and the 3rd of box 20i respectively first surface 201i, the 3rd 203i, fourth face 204i, the 5th (not shown), the 6th 206i, the 7th 207i and octahedral 208i.First surface 201i and second 202i on Z-direction toward each other; On be positioned at-Z-direction of first surface 201i side, and on second be positioned at+Z-direction of 202i side.The 3rd 203i and fourth face 204i on X-direction toward each other; On the 3rd be positioned at+X-direction of 203i side, and on be positioned at-X-direction of fourth face 204i side.The 5th (not shown) and the 6th 206 on Y direction toward each other; On the 5th be positioned at-Y direction of (not shown) side, and on the 6th be positioned at+Y direction of 206i side.The 7th 207i forms first surface 201i and the 3rd joint face that 203i is connected with octahedral 208i.The 7th 207i is vertical with first surface 201i, and the formation plane parallel with Z axis (YZ plane) with Y-axis.The 7th 207i as ladder becomes vertical angle with respect to first surface 201i.Therefore the 7th 207i extend from first surface 201i along+Z-direction.The 7th 207i be positioned at octahedral 208i's-the X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208i is connected the 7th 207i with the 3rd 203i, and be to comprise+X-direction vector composition and-chamfered surface that the direction of Z-direction vector composition tilts.Octahedral 208i tilts to first surface 201i and the 3rd 203i, and vertical with the 6th 206i with the 5th (not shown).In other words, octahedral 208i tilts to XY plane and YZ plane, and vertical with the XZ plane.
Adapter 299 has the face corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20i, the 3rd 203, fourth face 204, the 5th 205, the 6th 206, the 7th 207 and octahedral 208.Adapter 299 is opening with second 202 corresponding face box 20i.Adapter 299 has inner space, with receiving vessel assembly 200i.The first surface 201 of adapter 299 has ink feed structure 280.In addition, box 20i has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or do not have some changes.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can be as shown in figure 36 on adapter 299, or on container assemblies 200i (not shown).The location of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and circuit board 40 does not need all on container assemblies 200i or adapter 299, but one can be on container assemblies 200i and another one can be on adapter 299.Therefore box 20i can be constructed to the combination of container assemblies 200i and adapter 299, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box 20j of the adapter of another embodiment.This box 20j is separated into container assemblies 200j and the adapter 299j that comprises ink chamber 200, and they can be incorporated into together with in the keeper that is installed to printing equipment afterwards.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, the user replaces container assemblies 200j with new container assemblies or printing material is filled in container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i compatibility of the first embodiment shown in box 20j and Fig. 7.
Be configured to the housing of container assemblies 200j and for the combination of the housing of adapter 299j for the housing 22j of box 20j.Container assemblies 200j comprises ink chamber 200 and the ink feed structure 280 that is constructed to hold ink.Container assemblies 200j has second 202j and six 206j corresponding with second 202 of box 20j and the 6th 206.Container assemblies 200j also has respectively first surface 201j, three 203j, fourth face 204j, five (not shown), seven 207j and the octahedral 208j corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20i, the 3rd 203, fourth face 204, the 5th 205, the 7th 207 and octahedral 208.First surface 201j and second 202j on Z-direction toward each other; On be positioned at-Z-direction of first surface 201j side, and on second be positioned at+Z-direction of 202j side.The 3rd 203j and fourth face 204j on X-direction toward each other; On the 3rd be positioned at+X-direction of 203j side, and on be positioned at-X-direction of fourth face 204j side.The 5th (not shown) and the 6th 206 on Y direction toward each other; On the 5th be positioned at-Y direction of (not shown) side, and on the 6th be positioned at+Y direction of 206j side.The 7th 207j forms first surface 201j and the 3rd joint face that 203j is connected with octahedral 208j.The 7th 207j is vertical with first surface 201j, and the formation plane parallel with Z axis (YZ plane) with Y-axis.The 7th 207j as ladder becomes vertical angle with respect to first surface 201j.Therefore the 7th 207j extend from first surface 201j along+Z-direction.The 7th 207j be positioned at octahedral 208j's-the X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208j is connected the 7th 207j with the 3rd 203j, and be to comprise+X-direction vector composition and-chamfered surface that the direction of Z-direction vector composition tilts.Octahedral 208j tilts to first surface 201j and the 3rd 203j, and vertical with the 6th 206j with the 5th (not shown).In other words, octahedral 208j tilts to XY plane and YZ plane, and vertical with the XZ plane.
Adapter 299j has the face corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20j, the 3rd 203, fourth face 204 and the 5th 205.Second 202 of the formation box 20j of adapter 299 and the face of the 6th 206 are openings.Adapter 299j has inner space, with receiving vessel assembly 200j.Adapter 299j also has opening in the part of first surface 201.The ink feed structure 280 be arranged in container assemblies 200j is exposed to the opening on the first surface 201 that is arranged on adapter 299j, and is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 2).Box 20j has than simpler the first box lateral confinement of the first example structure (Fig. 7) part 210 processed, still can have the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed with the first embodiment (Fig. 7) same structure.Perhaps, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed can be the part of adapter 299j or a part of (not shown) of container assemblies 200j as shown in figure 37.Similarly, circuit board 40 (not shown) on adapter 299j or on container assemblies 200j as shown in figure 37.The location of the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed and circuit board 40 does not need all on container assemblies 200j or adapter 299j, but one can be on container assemblies 200j and another one can be on adapter 299j.Box 20j has than the 3rd 203 of the first embodiment and fourth face 204 and has more the 3rd 203 and fourth face 204 of low clearance (shorter Z-direction length), but can have the 3rd 203 and the fourth face 204 that has equal height (identical Z-direction length) than the first embodiment.Box 20j does not have jut 260, but can have the similar jut 260 with the first embodiment.In addition, box 20j has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or do not have some changes.Therefore box 20j can be constructed to the combination of container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 B shows the box shown in the embodiment with Fig. 7 is constructed similarly and 20p.Yet the difference of this embodiment is that box 20p is divided into adapter 299p and the 200p of ink chamber.Before box 20p is installed to printing machine, adapter 299p is fitted on the end 201p (being illustrated by the broken lines) of the 200p of ink chamber.Equally, terminal 400p is formed directly on the surface of adapter 299p.When terminal is formed on plane surface (on as the surface of the box in the present embodiment or as the surface of circuit board in an embodiment on), it on, the plane surface of formation terminal can be considered to " chamfered surface " or " terminal area supported ".
Figure 38 shows the stereogram had according to the structure of the box 20k of the adapter of another embodiment.Box 20k comprises adapter 299k, outer pot 200T, pipeline 200L and auxiliary adapter 200S, and they can all be fitted together, in the keeper that is installed to printing equipment.Adapter 299k and the adapter 299j above described with reference to Figure 37 have same structure.Outer pot 200T holds printing material and is positioned at the outside of printing machine 50 as shown in Figure 1.Auxiliary adapter 200S has ink feed structure 280k.Pipeline 200L is used to printing material is fed to auxiliary adapter 200S from outer pot 200T.Outer pot 200T, auxiliary adapter 200S and pipeline 200L are as container assemblies 200k, and it is constructed to hold ink or printing material.As shown in the dotted line in Figure 38, the box 20k of the present embodiment is considered to have container assemblies 200k thus.Therefore the box 20k of the present embodiment can be separated into container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, similar with the box 20j shown in the box 20i shown in Figure 36 and Figure 37.After externally the printing material in tank 200T is used up, the user can replace outer pot 200T or printing material is filled in outer pot 200T by new outer pot.Adapter 299k can reuse.Box 20 compatibilities of the first embodiment shown in box 20k and Fig. 7.
The housing 22k of box 20k is configured to the housing of virtual container assembly 200k and for the combination of the housing of adapter 299k.The structure of virtual container assembly 200k and the structure of adapter 299k are similar with the structure of the box 20j above described with reference to Figure 37, have or do not have some variations.In addition, box 20k has the similar structure of box 20 with the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or do not have some variations.Therefore box 20k can form by the combination of container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, as mentioned above.
E. the modification of bar:
According to above embodiment, elastic component 682 is arranged discretely with bar 80 (Figure 22).Bar 80 can be made by the elastic variable material.The modification of bar is described with reference to Figure 39 and Figure 40.
Figure 39 A and Figure 39 B illustrate the structure according to the bar 80a of a modification.Figure 39 A shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80a, and Figure 39 B shows the side view of the outward appearance of bar 80a.Its difference from the bar 80 of the first embodiment be bar 80a have extraly can strain arm member 890, there is the control member 830a of different shapes and do not comprise groove 870.In addition, bar 80a with there is similar structures according to the bar 80 (Figure 19) of the first embodiment.Bar 80a is made by synthetic resin (such as polypropylene).
Figure 40 shows box 20 is installed to keeper 60a.According to this embodiment, box 20 has the first box lateral confinement part 210a processed, and does not have second portion 214 (Figure 12).The axis body 850 of bar 80a is installed to the first equipment side wall member 630.As bar 80a, when axis body 850 rotates, arm member 890a is against the jut 603t of a part that forms the first equipment side side wall member 603, with strain.
F. the modification of box side terminal:
Figure 41 A shows the modification of the terminal shape on circuit board to Figure 41 C.The difference of the circuit board 40 shown in itself and Figure 10 A is that circuit board 40c-40e has difform terminal 431-439.Each terminal on circuit board 40d shown in circuit board 40c shown in Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B has irregularly shaped, rather than according to the approximate rectangular shape (Figure 10 A) of the first embodiment.In the circuit board 40e shown in Figure 41 C, nine terminal 431-439 are arranged on a line, wherein, installation and measuring terminal installation and measuring terminal 435 and 439 is positioned at two ends, and installation and measuring terminal 431 and 439 lays respectively between installation and measuring terminal 435 and power supply terminal 436 and between installation and measuring terminal 439 and data terminal 438.At these circuit boards 40c, in 40e, the contact portion cp of these terminals 431-439 (it contacts with the equipment side terminal corresponding to these terminals 431-439) has the layout identical with the box side terminal 400 shown in Figure 10 A.Each terminal can have the shape of various variations, as long as contact portion cp has identical set.
G. other modifications:
Above with reference to illustrated embodiment, specifically described the present invention.Yet the present invention is not limited to above embodiment, but can make various changes and modifications embodiment, and not exceed scope of the present invention.Some examples of these possibility modifications are described hereinafter.
G-1. the first modification:
According to above embodiment, the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is arranged on fourth face 204, but can suitably be omitted.For example, when between each groove at box 20 and keeper 60, thering is relative little gap, by fourth face 204 all or in part with the second equipment side side wall member 604 against, the motion of fourth face 204 sides that can constrained box 20 on+Z-direction, and do not need the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed.According to another embodiment, the elastic component of for example being made by rubber can be arranged between the second equipment side side wall member 604 of the fourth face 204 of box 20 and keeper 60.The friction that the fourth face 204 that the motion of fourth face 204 sides of box 20 on+Z-direction can be by elastic component and box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 lean limits.This elastic component can be the member separated with box 20 or keeper 60, or can engage with the fourth face 204 of box 20, or engages with the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.In the application that does not have the second box lateral confinement part 220 processed, the second equipment side limiting element 620 be arranged on the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) also can be omitted.
The second box lateral confinement part 220 processed is the juts according to above embodiment, but can have another kind of form, for example depressed part.In rear a kind of application, the second equipment side limiting element 620 be arranged on the second equipment side side wall member 604 can be jut.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be extra member, and it is constructed on-Z-direction, fourth face 204 sides of second 202 of box 20 be exerted pressure.For example, keeper 60 can have slidably rod member.After box 20 is disposed in box chamber 602, fourth face 204 sides of second 202 of box 20 can be exerted pressure by the rod member.
G-2. the second modification:
The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on the position approached according to the cross part 295 of above embodiment, but can be arranged on the optional position in the scope 40Y on the 3rd 203, or can be extended the outside (Figure 12) of scope 40Y.The first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is positioned in scope 40 to the direction that makes it possible to adjust subtly chamfered surface and be installed to the box side terminal on it.This has guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
G-3. the 3rd modification:
According to above embodiment, as shown in figure 22, bar 80 has a pair of axis body 850, and fixture 690 has supporting member 654.According to another embodiment, bar 80 can have supporting member, and fixture 690 can have axis body.According to above embodiment, bar 80 and comprise that the fixture 690 of the second fixed component 680 is used and is installed to keeper 60, with the assembling with printing machine.Yet fixture 690 is dispensable.According to another embodiment, supporting member can form with the outer wall 603W of keeper 60, to receive and fixed bar 80.
G-4. the 4th modification:
As mentioned above, the present invention be not limited to ink-jet printer with and print cartridge, but can be applied to the liquid that is constructed to spray except ink and the various liquid injection devices of liquid container thereof, such as, but be not limited to the liquid injection device hereinafter provided and their liquid container:
1. image recorder, such as facsimile machine;
2. color material spraying equipment, it manufactures for example, colored filter for image display device (, liquid crystal display);
3. electrode material spraying equipment, it is used to form for example electrode of organic EL (electroluminescent) display and Field Emission Display (FED);
4. liquid injection device, it is constructed to spray the liquid that contains biological organic material for the manufacture of biochip;
5. for the accurate sample spraying equipment of pipette;
6. lubricating oil spray appliance;
7. resin solution spray appliance;
8. spray liquid equipment, it sprays lubricating oil minutely for the accurate machining utmost point comprising wrist-watch and camera;
9. liquid injection device, it is constructed to the numerical value solution such as UV-cured resin solution is ejected on substrate, to manufacture for for example hemispherical lenticule (pellicle mirror) of optical communication element;
10. spray liquid equipment, it is constructed to spray acidity or alkaline etch solution, so that substrate is carried out to etching; And
11. (11) liquid injection device, it is equipped with for spraying the another kind of jet head liquid of the drop of the very small size of liquid arbitrarily.
" liquid drop " means the state of the liquid that sprays from liquid injection device, and can be grain shape, tear-drop shape or thin wire shape gradually.Here " liquid " can be any material that can be sprayed by liquid injection device." liquid " can make any material in liquid phase.For example, the liquid material of high flow rate or low flow velocity, colloidal sol, gel water, various inorganic solvent and organic solvent, solution, liquid resin and liquid metals (metal thawing thing) all are included in " liquid "." liquid " is not limited to the liquid state of one of three kinds of states of material, but comprises solution, dispersion and the mixture of functional solid-state material particle, such as dissolving, disperse or being blended in dye granule or the metallic particles in solvent.The typical case of liquid is included in ink and the liquid crystal of describing in above embodiment." ink " comprises general water-based ink and oil base ink, and various liquid component, such as gelinite ink and hot melt solution ink, but is not limited to these.
G-5. the 5th modification:
The present invention can complete by following variation example.Symbol in bracket in each variation example after each key element is corresponding to the symbol of each key element of describing in the first embodiment.
G-5-1. first changes example:
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: be arranged as the first surface (201) of the outer surface that forms box, first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); The 3rd (203), it is arranged to has one side (191) of being connected with second (202) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, the 3rd (203) are positioned at respect to relative direction (Z-direction) between first surface (201) and second (202), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to first surface (201) is connected with second (202); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and forms first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) in the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (210), it is upper and be arranged in installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50) that it is arranged on the 3rd (203), and the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is arranged on the position that approaches box side terminal (400).
G-5-2. second changes example:
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: be arranged as the first surface (201) of the outer surface that forms box, first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); The 3rd (203), it is arranged to has one side (191) of being connected with second (202) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, the 3rd (203) are positioned at respect to relative direction (Z-direction) between first surface (201) and second (202), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to first surface (201) is connected with second (202); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and forms first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) under the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (210), it is upper and be arranged under installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50) that it is arranged on the 3rd (203), and the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part (210) is arranged on the position that more approaches another side (290) than approaching (291) on one side.
G-5-3. the 3rd changes example:
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: be arranged as the first surface (201) of the outer surface that forms box, first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); The 3rd (203), it is arranged to has one side (191) of being connected with second (202) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, the 3rd (203) are positioned at respect to relative direction (Z-direction) between first surface (201) and second (202), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to first surface (201) is connected with second (202); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and forms first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) under the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (210), it is upper and be arranged under installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50) that it is arranged on the 3rd (203), and the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part (210) is arranged on the position that more approaches another side (290) than approaching (291) on one side.
Similar with above-mentioned the first embodiment, first to the 3rd any one variation in example advantageously prevented the position mispairing of box side terminal with respect to printing equipment, and guarantees that thus the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.In any one in first to the 3rd changes example, when under installment state in relative direction (Z-direction) from the direction of second side of first surface side direction be+Z-direction and the direction from second side to the first surface side be-during Z-direction, the first box lateral confinement system partly be preferably located in bar rotating shaft-the Z-direction side on.
G-5-4. the 4th changes example
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Box side terminal (400), it is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) under the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (210), it is positioned at box side terminal (400) same side and is arranged under installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50), and the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box lateral confinement system part (210) is arranged on the position that approaches box side terminal (700).
When direction of exerting pressure upwards be+Z-direction and upwards the rightabout of direction of exerting pressure be-during Z-direction, the first box lateral confinement system partly be preferably located in bar rotating shaft-the Z-direction side on.
Similar with above-mentioned the first embodiment, the 4th changes example has advantageously prevented the position mispairing of box side terminal with respect to printing equipment, and guarantees that thus the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
G-6. the 6th modification
The present invention can complete by following variation example.Symbol in bracket in each variation example after each key element is corresponding to the symbol of each key element of describing in the first embodiment.
G-6-1. first changes example:
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: be arranged as the first surface (201) of the outer surface that forms box, first surface (201) has the printing material Supply Structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); The 3rd (203), it is arranged to has one side (191) of being connected with second (202) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, the 3rd (203) are positioned at respect to relative direction (Z-direction) between first surface (201) and second (202), and relative direction is first surface (201) and second (202) in the party's direction respect to one another that makes progress; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged with first surface (201) and second (202) and intersects; The 5th (205), it is arranged to first surface (201), second (202), the 3rd (203) and fourth face (204) and intersects; Six (206) relative with the 5th (205); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and forms first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) in the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (210), it is upper and be arranged in installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50) that it is arranged on the 3rd (203), and the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, relative direction (Y direction) with respect to the 5th (205) with the 6th (206), the first box lateral confinement part 210 processed is not positioned at the scope outside that wherein is provided with box side terminal (400) but is positioned at its inboard.
G-6-2. second changes example:
A kind of box (20) that is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the printing material Supply Structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Box side terminal (400), it is arranged on the outer surface of box (20), and box side terminal (400) is arranged in the equipment side terminal (700) from printing equipment (50) under the installment state that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50) and receives the external force that box (20) is upwards exerted pressure; And the first box lateral confinement system part (211), it is positioned on the outer surface with box side terminal (400) same side, the first box lateral confinement system part (211) is arranged under installment state bar (80) locking by printing equipment (50), motion with constrained box (20) on the direction of upwards exerting pressure (+Z-direction), wherein, with respect to the width of box, the first box lateral confinement system part (211) is not positioned at the outside of the scope (40Y) that wherein is provided with box side terminal (400) but is positioned at its inboard.Change example, the power of box side terminal from the reception of equipment side terminal along the direction of exerting pressure that makes progress according to first or second.This makes it possible to adjust the direction of the part that is provided with the box side terminal pleasantly surprisedly and has guaranteed that the box side terminal is connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.According to the first or second variation example, preferably the first box lateral confinement system partly is positioned at the below of the rotating shaft of bar.The term here " below " for example corresponding to-Z-direction or with direction that upwards direction of exerting pressure is contrary.
G-7. the 7th modification:
The present invention can and change by following description.Symbol in bracket in each is described after each key element is corresponding to the symbol of each key element of describing in the first embodiment.
G-7-1. first changes example
A kind of print cartridge (20) that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed member (731-739) by the equipment side contact, while exerting pressure, elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the ink chamber (200) that holds ink, ink feed structure (280), its bottom (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately front portion (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), while going up to be installed to printing equipment (50) when print cartridge (20), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the front portion (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-2. second changes example
A kind of print cartridge (20) that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed member (731-739) by the equipment side contact, while exerting pressure, elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the ink chamber (200) that holds ink, ink feed structure (280), its bottom (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately front portion (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), forming member (731-739) with contacting of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) while going up to be installed to printing equipment (50) when print cartridge (20) contacts and receives elastic force (Pt) from it, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, the terminal plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) of leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the front portion (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge by the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side terminal of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-7-3. the 3rd changes example
A kind of print cartridge (20) that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed member (731-739) by the equipment side contact, while exerting pressure, elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the ink chamber (200) that holds ink, ink feed structure (280), its the 4th surface (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately first surface (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, contact portion (cp) is suitable for and is disposed on contact portion structure (408), while going up to be installed to printing equipment (50) when print cartridge (20), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) of leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the first surface (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the first surface (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-4. the 4th changes example
A kind of print cartridge (20) that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed member (731-739) by the equipment side contact, while exerting pressure, elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the ink chamber (200) that holds ink, ink feed structure (280), its the 4th surface (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately first surface (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when print cartridge (20), be installed to printing equipment (50) when upper with contact that formation member (731-739) contacts and from its reception elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, the terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) yet, make the vector composition that forms the elastic force (Pt) of member (731-739) from equipment side contact that print cartridge is promoted along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the first surface (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when the first surface (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-5. the 5th changes example
The combination of the part of a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), and it is applied to print cartridge (20) by elastic force (Pt); And the bar (80) with bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other; For the ink chamber (200) that holds ink; Electronic installation; Ink feed structure (280), its bottom (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately front portion (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), with the contact portion in terminal (400) (cp), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, and the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) yet; And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Combination as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the front portion (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-7-6. the 6th changes example
The combination of the part of a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), and it is applied to print cartridge (20) by elastic force (Pt); And the bar (80) with bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other; Electronic installation; For the ink chamber (200) that holds ink; Ink feed structure (280), its bottom (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately front portion (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, and the terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) yet; And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Combination as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the front portion (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge by the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side terminal of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-7. the 7th changes example
The combination of the part of a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), and it is applied to print cartridge (20) by elastic force (Pt); And the bar (80) with bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other; For the ink chamber (200) that holds ink; Electronic installation; Ink feed structure (280), its the 4th surface (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately first surface (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), with the contact portion in terminal (400) (cp), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, and the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) yet; And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Combination as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the first surface (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the first surface (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-8. the 8th changes example
The combination of the part of a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), and it is applied to print cartridge (20) by elastic force (Pt); And the bar (80) with bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other; For the ink chamber (200) that holds ink; Electronic installation; Ink feed structure (280), its the 4th surface (201) that is positioned at box body (22) is located, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the immediately first surface (203) of box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, and the terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) yet; And first restricted part (210), it comprises the bonding part (212) engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Combination as above, wherein, when under the prone state of ink feed structure (280), observing the first surface (203) of box body (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge by the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side terminal of a plurality of terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge (20) of ink feed structure (280), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and prone that side of ink feed structure (280) (203) while observing print cartridge (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation print cartridge of ink feed structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Combination as above, wherein, when the first surface (203) at the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure (280) (22), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of print cartridge (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of print cartridge by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-9. the 9th changes example
A kind of ink supply system that is suitable for ink feed is arrived ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment sides contacts form members (731-739), ink supply system comprises: electronic installation; For the ink chamber (200) that stores ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP); terminal support structure (408), it has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, make from equipment side and contact the vector composition of the elastic force (Pt) that forms member (731-739) along direction (RD) the promotion ink chamber (200) contrary with installation direction (SD), and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed yet.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink, if kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), can have enough inclinations, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front portion (203) and rear portion (204) is toward each other, rear portion (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, second surface (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Change example 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than when ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment (50) the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied from contact formation member, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when bonding part (212) that ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) by ink, on right side and ink feed structure (280) while facing down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
The bonding part that when ink supply system, ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane when downward, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.In addition, reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the immediately main body (22) of terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of main body (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of main body by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, it is upper that ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adapt to example 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, it is upper that terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200) above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adapt to example 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), the ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and auxiliary adapter (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on auxiliary adapter (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, pipeline (200L) is fed to auxiliary adapter (200S) by ink from outer pot (200T).
Adapt to example 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-10. the tenth changes example
A kind of ink supply system that is suitable for ink feed is arrived ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), and ink supply system comprises: electronic installation; For the ink chamber (200) that stores ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP); Terminal support structure (408), it has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system, ink feed is formed to member (731-739) and contacts and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting during to printing equipment (50), the vector composition that makes from equipment side contact form the elastic force (Pt) of member (731-739) promotes ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD); And first restricted part (210), it comprises and is suitable for the bonding part (212) engaged with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD); Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed yet.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink, if kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge by the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side terminal of a plurality of terminal (400), can there be enough inclinations in print cartridge, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front portion (203) and rear portion (204) is toward each other, rear portion (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, second surface (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Change example 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than when ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment (50) the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink with the plane limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for limiting.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied from contact formation member, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when bonding part (212) that ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) by ink, on right side and ink feed structure (280) while facing down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
The bonding part that when ink supply system, ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane when downward, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.In addition, reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the immediately main body (22) of terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of main body (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of main body by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, it is upper that ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adapt to example 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, it is upper that terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200) above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adapt to example 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), the ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and auxiliary adapter (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on auxiliary adapter (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, pipeline (200L) is fed to auxiliary adapter (200S) by ink from outer pot (200T).
Adapt to example 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-11. the 11 changes example
A kind of ink supply system that is suitable for ink feed is arrived the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part comprises the bar (80) that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739) and have bonding part (810); Electronic installation; For the ink chamber (200) that stores ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP); Terminal support structure (408), it has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, when terminal (400) arrives printing equipment (50) at ink supply system by ink feed, locate contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting formation member (731-739) in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), make from equipment side and contact the vector composition of the elastic force (Pt) that forms member (731-739) along direction (RD) the promotion ink chamber (200) contrary with installation direction (SD); And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD); Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed yet.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of the left side of rightmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink, if kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), can have enough inclinations, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front portion (203) and rear portion (204) is toward each other, rear portion (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, second surface (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment (50) the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment the pivotal point of bar and the plane that limited by leading edge apart from the time, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied from contact formation member, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and on right side and ink feed structure (280) while facing down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar when bonding part (212) that ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) by ink.
The bonding part that when ink supply system, ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane when downward, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.In addition, reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the immediately main body (22) of terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of main body (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of main body by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, it is upper that ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adapt to example 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, it is upper that terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200) above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adapt to example 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), the ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and auxiliary adapter (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on auxiliary adapter (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, pipeline (200L) is fed to auxiliary adapter (200S) by ink from outer pot (200T).
Adapt to example 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-12. the 12 changes example
A kind of ink supply system that is suitable for ink feed is arrived the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system comprises: the part of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part comprises the bar (80) that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739) and have bonding part (810); Electronic installation; For the ink chamber (200) that stores ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP); Terminal support structure (408), it has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal (400) be connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) forms ink feed member (731-739) and contacts and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting during to printing equipment (50) at ink supply system; And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with the motion of restriction terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD); Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is orientated adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel of leading edge (288) when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed yet.
Above some benefits that change example of the 7th modification will be described now.When print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated the adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for ink the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing machine terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing machine terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing machine and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing machine side terminal, have an effect printing machine side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing machine when engaging between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, terminal plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the terminal plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of a plurality of terminals (400) and a plurality of terminal (400).
When ink supply system is provided to printing equipment by ink, if kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge by the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side terminal of a plurality of terminal (400), can have enough inclinations, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front portion (203) and rear portion (204) is toward each other, the back side (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the front (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Ink supply system as above also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, second surface (204) the second restricted part (220) immediately with main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first lateral confinement system part breaks away from from the printing machine bonding part than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment (50) the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than ink supply system by ink feed during to printing equipment the pivotal point of bar and the plane that limited by leading edge apart from the time, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied from contact formation member, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and on right side and ink feed structure (280) while facing down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar when bonding part (212) that ink supply system is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) by ink.
The bonding part that when ink supply system, ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane when downward, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.In addition, reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the immediately main body (22) of terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of main body (20) substantially.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of main body by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, it is upper that ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adapt to example 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, it is upper that terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned at adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200) above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adapt to example 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), the ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and auxiliary adapter (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on auxiliary adapter (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and, when ink supply system arrives printing equipment (50) by ink feed, pipeline (200L) is fed to auxiliary adapter (200S) by ink from outer pot (200T).
Adapt to example 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-8. the 8th modification
The present invention can and change by following description.Symbol in bracket in each is described after each key element is corresponding at the first embodiment or the symbol of each key element of describing in having the modification of box of adapter.
G-8-1. first changes example
A kind of box (20) that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has following structure: printing equipment (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other, electronic installation, liquid chamber (200) for receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) and locates, be constructed to liquid is fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), electricity electric conductivity terminal (400), it is orientated as than approaching second (204) and more approaches first surface (203) and be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), motion with constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at than the position that approaches the 3rd (202) and first surface (203) and more approach contact portion (cp).
Above some benefits that change example of the 8th modification will be described now.When box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at than the position that approaches the 3rd and first surface and more approach contact portion, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for liquid the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing equipment side terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing equipment side terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing equipment and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing equipment side terminal, have an effect printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when engaging between the first restricted part and bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the position that more approaches contact portion (cp) than the mid point (203p) between the cross part (291) of the cross part (295) that approaches first surface (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and the 3rd (202) and first surface (203).
Be attached to than the position that approaches mid point and more approach contact portion by the bonding part by the first restricted part, can bring well above-mentioned advantage.
Adapt to example 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when the first surface (203) of observation box (20) under the prone state of liquid Supply Structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of the leftmost side terminal (435) of the left side of extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) of a plurality of terminals (431-439) and a plurality of terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 4
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part partly breaks away from from the printing equipment side engagement than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 5
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation box of liquid Supply Structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when at the prone state observation first surface of liquid Supply Structure (280) (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of box (20) substantially at box (20) while being mounted.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of box by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adapt to example 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-2. second changes example
A kind of box (20) that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other; Electronic installation; Liquid chamber (200) for receiving fluids; Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) and locates, be constructed to liquid is fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20); electricity electric conductivity terminal (400), it is orientated as than approaching second (204) and more approaches first surface (203) and be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), motion with constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on than the position that approaches the second cross part that the 3rd (202) and first surface (203) intersect and more approach the first cross part (295) that first surface (203) and contact portion plane (TP) intersect.
Above some benefits that change example of the 8th modification will be described now.When box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the first restricted part is arranged on than the position that approaches the 3rd the second cross part intersected with first surface and more approach the first cross part of first surface and contact portion crossing on the same level, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for liquid the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing equipment side terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing equipment side terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing equipment and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing equipment side terminal, have an effect printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when engaging between the first restricted part and bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at than the position that approaches mid point (203p) between the first cross part (295) and the second cross part and more approach the first cross part (295).
Be attached to than the position that approaches mid point and more approach contact portion by the bonding part by the first restricted part, can bring well above-mentioned advantage.
Adapt to example 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when the first surface (203) of observation box (20) under the prone state of liquid Supply Structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of the leftmost side terminal (435) of the left side of extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) of a plurality of terminals (431-439) and a plurality of terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 4
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part partly breaks away from from the printing equipment side engagement than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 5
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 6
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation box of liquid Supply Structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when at the prone state observation first surface of liquid Supply Structure (280) (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of box (20) substantially at box (20) while being mounted.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of box by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adapt to example 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-3. the 3rd changes example
A kind of box (20) that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has following structure: printing equipment (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810) and pivotal point, box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other, electronic installation, liquid chamber (200) for receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) and locates, be constructed to liquid is fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), electricity electric conductivity terminal (400), it is orientated as than approaching second (204) and more approaches first surface (203) and be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), motion with constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), it is upper that the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is arranged such that box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50), and the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) engages with the position of bar (80) in the pivotal point that is positioned at bar (80) (800c) below.
Above some benefits that change example of the 8th modification will be described now.When box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the position of the pivotal point below that is positioned at bar, so bar has an effect the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, has kept thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for liquid the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing equipment side terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing equipment side terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing equipment and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing equipment side terminal, have an effect printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when engaging between the first restricted part and bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
Be attached to than the position that approaches mid point and more approach contact portion by the bonding part by the first restricted part, can bring well above-mentioned advantage.
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Box as above (20), wherein, when the first surface (203) of observation box (20) under the prone state of liquid Supply Structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of the leftmost side terminal (435) of the left side of extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) of a plurality of terminals (431-439) and a plurality of terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part partly breaks away from from the printing equipment side engagement than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation box of liquid Supply Structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when at the prone state observation first surface of liquid Supply Structure (280) (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of box (20) substantially at box (20) while being mounted.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of box by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adapt to example 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-4. the 4th changes example
A kind of box (20) that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), wherein, anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other; Electronic installation; Liquid chamber (200) for receiving fluids; Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) and locates, be constructed to liquid is fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20); electricity electric conductivity terminal (400), it is orientated as than approaching more approaching front portion, rear portion (204) (203) and being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), motion with constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on the position be positioned at than approaching top (202) and more approach contact portion plane (tp).
Above some benefits that change example of the 8th modification will be described now.When box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at than the position that approaches top and more approach the contact portion position, so occurring in, the location action of the first restricted part approaches the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) that needs most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the box side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for liquid the material of selection box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so that box can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for box being encapsulated to carry out box, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the box one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first box lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first box lateral confinement system part.Install or the arrangement state in, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first box lateral confinement system part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing equipment side terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing equipment side terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing equipment and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing equipment side terminal, have an effect printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when engaging between the first restricted part and bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the position that more approaches contact portion (cp) than the mid point (203p) between the cross part of the cross part that approaches anterior (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and top (202) and anterior (203).
Be attached to than the position that approaches mid point and more approach contact portion by the bonding part by the first restricted part, can bring well above-mentioned advantage.
Adapt to example 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when the front portion (203) of observation box (20) under the prone state of liquid Supply Structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of the leftmost side terminal (435) of the left side of extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) of a plurality of terminals (431-439) and a plurality of terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 4
Box as above (20), wherein, bonding part is suitable for engaging with rotatable bar, and rotatable bar has the pivotal point in the bonding part of the first bonding part (210) (212) top.
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first bonding part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part partly breaks away from from the printing equipment side engagement than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Box as above (20), wherein, the second restricted part (220) is suitable for being rotated the pivotal point of usining while unloading from the keeper of printing equipment (50) as rotation at box (20).
Adapt to example 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 8
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation box of liquid Supply Structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 9
Box as above (20), wherein, when when the prone state observation of liquid Supply Structure (280) anterior (203), at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of box (20) substantially at box (20) while being mounted.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of box by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 10
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
Adapt to example 11
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with adapter.
Adapt to example 12
The use of box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part of box (20) engages so that bar (80) has the mode of the pivotal point above bonding part with the movable bar (80) of printing equipment (50).
Adapt to example 13
The combination of a kind of box (20) and printing equipment (50), this combination comprises: box as above; And printing equipment (50), it comprises a plurality of equipment side contact formation members (731-739) that elastic force (Pt) are applied to box (20), and the bar (80) with bonding part (810), this bonding part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20), the movement with constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD).
Adapt to example 14
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the top, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first restricted part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 15
Combination as above, wherein, the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the right side, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point on the right side, bonding part of the first restricted part of box, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
G-8-5. the 5th changes example
A kind of liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) that is suitable for supplying liquid to printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member (731-739), and liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) comprising: electronic installation; Fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T); Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to liquid is fed to printing equipment (50) from fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines plane (BP); adapter (299,299j, 299k), it has: electric electric conductivity terminal (400), it is connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to as supply system (20i, 20j, while 20k) supplying liquid to printing equipment (50), in the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400), locate to form member (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, the contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), its front portion (203) that is arranged on adapter is gone up and is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), motion with the limit adaptation device on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is orientated as with contact portion plane (TP) contiguous.
Above some benefits that change example of the 8th modification will be described now.When adapter is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and be stably fixing, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between adapter and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientate as with the contact portion plane immediately, approach so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) need most location.Elastic force from the equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Move the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation equally, can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps thus the adapter side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between the equipment side terminal.
In addition because bar not with adapter combination, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of adapter.Equally, can be under not needing to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as the state of other characteristics of the durability for liquid the material of selection adapter.
In addition, because bar is not on adapter, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution adapter.This has simplified the encapsulation requirement and has improved the convenience used.Because bar is not the integral part of adapter, so that adapter can be made is less.The size that this further allows to reduce the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of transportation and distribution for adapter being encapsulated to carry out adapter, advantageously reduced transportation and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with the adapter one, so, than the structure of describing in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 for example, can manufacture the first adapter lateral confinement part processed with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the strain that reduces significantly the first adapter lateral confinement element processed.Install or the arrangement state in, adapter can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this has kept normal or good the contacting between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and has reduced the possibility of the telecommunication that differs from.Because the first adapter lateral confinement element processed can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of stopping bar in the encapsulation for transportation and distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This has reduced the encapsulation requirement and has also improved the convenience used.
This structure can be connected to each other the bonding part of box terminal and box, with the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) that becomes unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to the box terminal from bonding part, so telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping in the process that box is inserted into to printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or issuable insulation break (dust) while having eliminated between the installation period of box the long distance scraping of printing equipment side terminal and circuit board.
Because the printing equipment side terminal will be included in the elastic force of the vector composition the direction that box unloaded from printing equipment and be applied to the box terminal, be not similar at United States Patent (USP) 6,955 spring of the spring 103 of describing in 422 so do not need to provide.In other words, from the elastic force of printing equipment side terminal, have an effect printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal are together exerted pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when engaging between the first restricted part and bar is disengaged.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 that additional spring is provided like that, this makes simpler structure and the cost reduced become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, movement with constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact the elastic force that forms member by equipment side and be held in place with respect to installation direction, and is held in place with respect to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because the box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, can not along installation direction and the direction contrary with installation direction, the two moves so they are firmly fixed.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by circuit board 40 1 lateral confinement systems in 008,053, the box terminal contacts the possibility that forms the mispairing between member or disconnect with equipment side less.
Adapt to example 1
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) spends to the angle 40 degree with respect to plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge (288).
As reference Figure 42 A-Figure 45 describes, when the contact portion plane becomes when approximately 25 degree are to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, prevented excessive wiping and can apply the power that enough prevents half insertion.
Adapt to example 2
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when observation box (20) under the prone state of liquid Supply Structure (280) positive, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of the leftmost side terminal (435) of the left side of extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) of a plurality of terminals (431-439) and a plurality of terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is kept excessively securely, it is insecure that it contacts the contact possibility that forms the part (for example terminal in Figure 31 734) in member with equipment side so.The right side of the left side by the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and a plurality of terminals and the leftmost side contact portion of a plurality of terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, make a plurality of terminals contact with equipment side to form between member electrically contact can be even more stable.
Adapt to example 3
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288) be greater than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between apart from (A).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as than the bonding part of the first restricted part further from the plane that limited by leading edge, further from the situation on the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part partly breaks away from from the printing equipment side engagement than the bonding part of the first restricted part than the bonding part of the second restricted part.
Adapt to example 4
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane (BP) along with being limited by leading edge (288) apart from the time, distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) be less than between the pivotal point (800c) of box (20) bar (80) while being mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) apart from (C).
When the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane that limited by leading edge be less than the pivotal point of bar when box is mounted and the plane that limited by leading edge between apart from the time, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in this bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical thus between a plurality of terminals and contact formation member and is connected, and reduced poor successional possibility.When power is applied to from contact formation member the box be mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part separates.
Adapt to example 5
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when the bonding part from the first restricted part (210) (212) to the right and during the prone angle observation box of liquid Supply Structure (280) (20), in the bonding part (212) of box (20) first restricted part (210) while being mounted in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is mounted so that when the bonding part of first restricted part to the right and during prone that unilateral observation box of liquid Supply Structure of the bonding part from the first restricted part during the left side at the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, so that by bar, the rotating shaft around bar rotates along the direction with removing the locking opposite direction.The possibility of locking is removed in this Cong Gan bonding part, bonding part that has reduced the first restricted part, and has further guaranteed that a plurality of terminals are connected with the stable electrical that the equipment side contact forms between member.Even, when the box reception, the first restricted part will together move with box.This movement has reduced the possibility of Cong Gan bonding part, the bonding part releasing locking of the first restricted part.
Adapt to example 6
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when at the prone state observation adapter of liquid Supply Structure (280) anterior, at least a portion of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the width centre of box (20) substantially at box (20) while being mounted.
Substantially be positioned at the position of the width centre of box by least a portion that the first restricted part is arranged on to the bonding part that makes the first restricted part, the first restricted part is positioned at the position of extremely close a plurality of terminals, can stablize so that a plurality of terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between member with equipment side.
Adapt to example 7
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j), also comprise container assemblies (200i, 200j), has therein fluid supply and be suitable for coordinating with adapter.
Adapt to example 8
Liquid delivery system as above (20j), wherein, liquid Supply Structure (280) is arranged on container assemblies (200j).
Adapt to example 9
Liquid delivery system as above (20k) also comprises: the tank (200T) that wherein has fluid supply; Auxiliary adapter (200S) with liquid Supply Structure (280); And the pipeline (200L) that tank is connected with auxiliary adapter.
Be to be understood that, feature described herein can be the part of combination of a part, box and the printing equipment of box itself, perhaps in other words, when box is installed on the system that is suitable for ink or other printing materials are provided to printing equipment and/or during as its part, can deviate from scope of the present invention.
Here the fact of describing about the various aspects according to any part of the present invention can be suitable for any one in above-mentioned various variation example.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art that the present invention can have many application, can be implemented in every way, and therefore be not limited to the restriction of previous embodiment and example.The feature of any number of different embodiment described herein can be incorporated into to be had than in the single embodiment and optional embodiment of the more or less feature of whole features described herein.In whole or in part, function also can be between a plurality of assemblies with any known or will known mode distribute.
Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that and can be changed for above-described embodiment, and do not deviate from the creative concept of its broad sense.Therefore, be to be understood that the present invention is not limited to disclosed specific embodiment, but its intention covers the modification in the spirit and scope of the present invention that are defined by the claims.Be applied in example embodiment although illustrated and described foundation characteristic of the present invention, be to be understood that and can omitted, replace and change disclosed form of the present invention and details by those skilled in the art, and do not deviate from scope of the present invention.In addition, as understood by a person skilled in the art, scope of the present invention has covered conventionally known, the variation and the modification that further develop for assembly described herein.Therefore, the present invention only is restricted to scope as defined in the claims.Should be appreciated that the claim intention covers all general and specific characteristics of the present invention disclosed herein, and whole statements of scope of the present invention (it is language issues) can fall into wherein.

Claims (107)

1. a print cartridge that is suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus, described ink-jet printing apparatus comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, it is constructed and arranged to when described print cartridge is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation member elastic force is applied to described print cartridge, described ink-jet printing apparatus also comprises the bar with bonding part, and described print cartridge comprises:
Box body, it comprises first surface, second surface, the 3rd surface and the 4th surface, wherein, described first surface and described second surface toward each other and described the 3rd surface and described the 4th surface toward each other;
Electronic installation;
For the ink chamber that holds ink;
The ink feed structure, it is positioned at described the 4th surface of described box body, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to described ink-jet printing apparatus from described ink chamber, described ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
Terminal support structure, it orientates the immediately described first surface of described box body as, described terminal support structure has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal be connected with described electronic installation, when described print cartridge is installed on described printing equipment, described terminal is suitable for and is disposed on described terminal support structure, with the described formation member that contacts, to contact and to receive elastic force from it, described terminal is arranged in the terminal plane substantially, and described terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described bar, and to limit the motion of described print cartridge on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is orientated contiguous described terminal support structure as.
2. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, described terminal plane with respect to plane Cheng Yue 25 degree that limited by described leading edge to the angle 40 degree.
3. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when observing the first surface of described box body under the prone state of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
4. print cartridge according to claim 1, also be included in the second restricted part on the described second surface of described print cartridge, described the second restricted part is suitable for and is constructed to engaging with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
5. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and during the described print cartridge of prone that unilateral observation of described ink feed structure, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be less than the pivotal point of described bar when described box is mounted and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
6. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and during the described print cartridge of prone that unilateral observation of described ink feed structure, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
7. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when the described first surface at the described box body of the prone state observation of described ink feed structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the width centre of described print cartridge substantially.
8. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described the 4th surface.
9. the combination of the part of a print cartridge and ink-jet printing apparatus, described combination comprises:
The part of ink-jet printing apparatus, this part comprises:
A plurality of equipment side contacts form member, and it is applied to described print cartridge by elastic force; And
Bar with bonding part;
Print cartridge, described print cartridge comprises:
Box body, it comprises first surface, second surface, the 3rd surface and the 4th surface, wherein, described first surface and described second surface toward each other and described the 3rd surface and described the 4th surface toward each other;
Electronic installation;
Ink chamber for storage ink;
The ink feed structure, it is positioned at described the 4th surface of described box body, be suitable for and be constructed to ink is fed to described ink-jet printing apparatus from described ink chamber, described ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
Terminal support structure, it orientates the immediately described first surface of described box body as, described terminal support structure has a plurality of electric electric conductivity terminal be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is on described terminal support structure, and contact and receive elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, described terminal is arranged in the terminal plane substantially, and described terminal plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it engages with the bonding part of described bar, and to limit the motion of described print cartridge on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is orientated contiguous described terminal support structure as.
10. combination according to claim 9, wherein, described terminal plane is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane Cheng Yue 25 limited by described leading edge.
11. combination according to claim 9, wherein, when observing the described first surface of described box body under the prone state of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
12. combination according to claim 9, also be included in the second restricted part on the described second surface of described print cartridge, described the second restricted part engages with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
13. combination according to claim 9, wherein, described bar has two ends and the pivotal point in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and during the described print cartridge of prone that unilateral observation of described ink feed structure, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of described bar and the plane that limited by described leading edge.
14. combination according to claim 9, wherein, described bar has two ends and the pivotal point in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and during the described print cartridge of prone that unilateral observation of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
15. combination according to claim 9, wherein, when the first surface at the described box body of the prone state observation of described ink feed structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the width centre of described print cartridge substantially.
16. combination according to claim 9, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described the 4th surface.
17. a box that is releasably attached to printing equipment, described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire member; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with described the first equipment side side wall member;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on described equipment side diapire member, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is arranged on, and equipment side diapire member is stated in ,Gai place, office, equipment side bight and described the first equipment side side wall member intersects; And
Bar, it rotatably is arranged on described the first equipment side side wall member, described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it being used to, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element, wherein
With the corresponding described X-axis of the described box under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis corresponding to described box,
Described box comprises:
On first surface on be positioned at-Z-direction side and be positioned at+Z-direction side second, these two faces on Z-direction toward each other;
Fourth face on be positioned at+X-direction side the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side, these two faces intersect toward each other and with described first surface and described second on X-direction;
Angle part, it is arranged as described first surface is connected with described the 3rd;
Chamfered surface, its be set to form described angle part a part and to comprise+X-direction composition and-specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts;
The printing material Supply Structure, it is arranged on described first surface, to be connected with described printing material supply pipe;
A plurality of box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with each described equipment side terminal and is positioned on described chamfered surface, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from described equipment side terminal; And
The first box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by described the first equipment side limiting element locking and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, wherein
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches described the 3rd cross section intersected with described chamfered surface on described the 3rd.
18. box according to claim 17 also comprises:
Circuit board, it is constructed to have and is arranged on lip-deep described box side terminal and is arranged on the memory cell on the back side, wherein, described chamfered surface is formed by the described surface of described circuit board, and described the first box lateral confinement system is partly orientated as and approached the plate end of described circuit board on+Z-direction side.
19. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 and 18, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the position with central authorities through the width of described box or Y direction length and the crossing on the same level parallel with X-axis with Z axis.
20. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 19, wherein,
Described box side terminal comprises:
The first terminal, it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And
The second terminal, it comprises the second outside that is positioned at-Y direction end, wherein
At least a portion of described the first box lateral confinement system part on Y direction between described first outside and described the second outside.
21. box according to claim 20, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between described the first outside and described the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
22., according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 21, also comprise:
The second box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by the second equipment side limiting element locking be arranged on described the second equipment side side wall member, and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and
Described the second box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on described fourth face.
23. box according to claim 22, wherein,
Described the second box lateral confinement system is partly jut, to be inserted in described the first equipment side limiting element that forms depression or through hole.
24. according to any one the described box in claim 17 to 23, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly be positioned at described bar rotating shaft-the X-direction side on.
25. box according to claim 24, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, the first of described the first bearing part and described the first equipment side limiting element leans, to limit the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and the second portion of described the second bearing part and described the first equipment side limiting element leans, to limit the motion of described box on+X-direction.
26. any one the described box according in claim 17 to 25 also comprises:
Jut, it is constructed to lean with the control member of described bar, and, the process unloaded from described box mounting structure at the box by being installed to described box mounting structure, receives the power of comprise+Z-direction composition from described box mounting structure, and
Described jut is arranged in described the 3rd the above the first box lateral confinement system part+Z-direction side.
27. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 26, wherein,
Described angle part has the step extended from described first surface along+Z-direction,
Described step be positioned at described chamfered surface-X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on, and
Described step has and contacted the 3rd box lateral confinement of the 3rd equipment side limiting element element processed be arranged on described box mounting structure, to limit the motion of described box on Y direction.
28. box according to claim 27, wherein,
Described the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed comprises a pair of haunched member, and it is constructed to receive from described equipment side diapire member along+described the 3rd equipment side limiting element that Z-direction is outstanding, and
Described a pair of haunched member is outstanding from described step along+X-direction.
29. according to the described box of any one in claim 27 and 28, wherein,
When from described first surface along+Z-direction, observing described box, a part and the described chamfered surface of described the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed are overlapping.
30. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 29, wherein,
Described printing material Supply Structure be arranged on described first surface than the specific location that approaches described the 3rd face and more approach described fourth face.
31. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 30, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system is partly jut.
32. according to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 31, wherein,
Described box side terminal comprises the box side joint ground terminal contacted with the equipment side ground terminal of described equipment side terminal, described equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and described box side joint ground terminal is arranged on the width of described box or the centre of Y direction length, and be constructed in described box is installed to the process of described box mounting structure, any other box side terminal with described equipment side ground terminal, contact before corresponding equipment side terminal contacts.
33. box according to claim 32, wherein,
The Z-direction length of described box side joint ground terminal is greater than the Z-direction length of other box side terminal.
34. a box that is releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to allow to install and unload described box;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on the bottom surface of described box mounting structure, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with described box; And
Bar, it is set to be used to install and unload described box, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition,
And
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element, wherein
With the corresponding described X-axis of the described box under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis corresponding to described box,
Described box comprises:
The printing material Supply Structure, its be positioned at described box-Z-direction end place, to be connected with described printing material supply pipe;
Circuit board, its be positioned at described printing material Supply Structure+the X-direction side on and have to comprise+X-direction composition and-surface that the specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts;
A plurality of box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with each described equipment side terminal and is positioned on the described surface of described circuit board, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from described equipment side terminal; And
The first box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by described the first equipment side limiting element locking and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and its be positioned at described printing material Supply Structure+the X-direction side on, wherein
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches the plate end, described plate end be positioned at described circuit board described surface+the Z-direction side.
35. a printing material supply system, it comprises:
Printing equipment; And
According to the described box of any one in claim 17 to 34,
Described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire member; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with described the first equipment side side wall member;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on described equipment side diapire member, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is arranged on, and equipment side diapire member is stated in ,Gai place, office, equipment side bight and described the first equipment side side wall member intersects; And
Bar, it rotatably is arranged on described the first equipment side side wall member, described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it being used to, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element.
36. a box that is releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire member; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with described the first equipment side side wall member;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on described equipment side diapire member, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is arranged on, and equipment side diapire member is stated in ,Gai place, office, equipment side bight and described the first equipment side side wall member intersects; And
Bar, it rotatably is arranged on described the first equipment side side wall member, described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it being used to, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element, wherein
With the corresponding described X-axis of the described box under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis corresponding to described box,
Described box comprises:
On first surface on be positioned at-Z-direction side and be positioned at+Z-direction side second, these two faces on Z-direction toward each other;
Fourth face on be positioned at+X-direction side the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side, these two faces intersect toward each other and with described first surface and described second on X-direction;
Angle part, it is arranged as described first surface is connected with described the 3rd;
Chamfered surface, its be set to form described angle part a part and to comprise+X-direction composition and-specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts;
The printing material Supply Structure, it is arranged on described first surface, to be connected with described printing material supply pipe;
A plurality of box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with each described equipment side terminal and is positioned on described chamfered surface, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from described equipment side terminal; And
The first box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by described the first equipment side limiting element locking and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, wherein
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on described the 3rd, and
Described box side terminal comprises:
The first terminal, it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And
The second terminal, it comprises the second outside that is positioned at-Y direction end, wherein
Described the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between described the first outside and described the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
37. box according to claim 36, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the specific location that approaches described the 3rd cross section intersected with described chamfered surface.
38., according to the described box of any one in claim 36 and 37, also comprise:
Circuit board, it is constructed to have and is arranged on lip-deep described box side terminal and is arranged on the memory cell on the back side, wherein, described chamfered surface is formed by the described surface of described circuit board, and described the first box lateral confinement system is partly orientated as and approached the plate end of described circuit board on+Z-direction side.
39. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 and 38, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on the position with central authorities through the width of described box or Y direction length and the crossing on the same level parallel with X-axis with Z axis.
40., according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 39, also comprise
The second box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by the second equipment side limiting element locking be arranged on described the second equipment side side wall member, and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and
Described the second box lateral confinement system partly is arranged on described fourth face.
41. according to the described box of claim 40, wherein,
Described the second box lateral confinement system is partly jut, to be inserted in described the first equipment side limiting element that forms depression or through hole.
42. according to any one the described box in claim 36 to 41, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly be positioned at described bar rotating shaft-the X-direction side on.
43. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 42, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system partly has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, the first of described the first bearing part and described the first equipment side limiting element leans, to limit the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and the second portion of described the second bearing part and described the first equipment side limiting element leans, to limit the motion of described box on+X-direction.
44. any one the described box according in claim 36 to 43 also comprises:
Jut, it is constructed to lean with the control member of described bar, and, the process unloaded from described box mounting structure at the box by being installed to described box mounting structure, receives the power of comprise+Z-direction composition from described box mounting structure, and
Described jut is arranged in described the 3rd the above the first box lateral confinement system part+Z-direction side.
45. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 44, wherein,
Described angle part has the step extended from described first surface along+Z-direction,
Described step be positioned at described chamfered surface-X-direction side and-the Z-direction side on, and
Described step has and contacted the 3rd box lateral confinement of the 3rd equipment side limiting element element processed be arranged on described box mounting structure, to limit the motion of described box on Y direction.
46. according to the described box of claim 45, wherein,
Described the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed comprises a pair of haunched member, and it is constructed to receive from described equipment side diapire member along+described the 3rd equipment side limiting element that Z-direction is outstanding, and
Described a pair of haunched member is outstanding from described step along+X-direction.
47. according to the described box of any one in claim 45 and 46, wherein,
When from described first surface along+Z-direction, observing described box, a part and the described chamfered surface of described the 3rd box lateral confinement element processed are overlapping.
48. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 47, wherein,
Described printing material Supply Structure be arranged on described first surface than the specific location that approaches described the 3rd face and more approach described fourth face.
49. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 48, wherein,
Described the first box lateral confinement system is partly jut.
50. according to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 49, wherein,
Described box side terminal comprises the box side joint ground terminal contacted with the equipment side ground terminal of described equipment side terminal, described equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and described box side joint ground terminal is arranged on the width of described box or the centre of Y direction length, and be constructed in described box is installed to the process of described box mounting structure, any other box side terminal with described equipment side ground terminal, contact before corresponding equipment side terminal contacts.
51. according to the described box of claim 50, wherein,
The Z-direction length of described box side joint ground terminal is greater than the Z-direction length of other box side terminal.
52. a box that is releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to allow to install and unload described box;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on the bottom surface of described box mounting structure, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with described box; And
Bar, it is set to be used to install and unload described box, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal, and-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element, wherein
With the corresponding described X-axis of the described box under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis corresponding to described box,
Described box comprises:
The printing material Supply Structure, its be positioned at described box-Z-direction end place, to be connected with described printing material supply pipe;
A plurality of box side terminals, it is arranged on described printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side and corresponding to each equipment side terminal, and be positioned to comprise+X-direction composition and-chamfered surface that the specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts on, to receive along the power of the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition from described equipment side terminal; And
The first box lateral confinement part processed, it is constructed to by described the first equipment side limiting element locking and limits thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, and its be positioned on described printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side and the rotating shaft of bar-the Z-direction side on, wherein
Described box side terminal comprises:
The first terminal, it comprises the first outside that is positioned at+Y direction end; And
The second terminal, it comprises the second outside that is positioned at-Y direction end, wherein
Described the first box lateral confinement system part is not located at outside the scope between described the first outside and described the second outside on Y direction, and within this scope.
53. a printing material supply system, it comprises:
Printing equipment; And
According to the described box of any one in claim 36 to 52,
Described printing equipment comprises:
Box mounting structure, it is constructed to have: (i) equipment side diapire member; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire member; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire member and is relative with described the first equipment side side wall member;
The printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged on described equipment side diapire member, and described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be constructed to be contained in printing material supply in described box to the end;
A plurality of equipment side terminals, it is arranged on, and equipment side diapire member is stated in ,Gai place, office, equipment side bight and described the first equipment side side wall member intersects; And
Bar, it rotatably is arranged on described the first equipment side side wall member, described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it being used to, wherein
Z axis means the axle parallel with the center line C of described printing material supply pipe, X-axis means to arrange described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis along it, and Y-axis means and the two vertical axle of Z axis and X-axis, wherein, + Z-direction means the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction means and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction means the direction along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to described equipment side terminal,-X-direction means and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction means the direction along Y direction to an end, and-Y direction means the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein
At described box, be installed under the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal contacts with described box, so that power is applied to described box along the specific direction of comprise+Z-direction composition, and
Described bar has at the control member at+Z-direction end place and at the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, described box carried out to locking and to limit thus the motion of described box on+Z-direction, described bar rotates as rotating shaft around the ad-hoc location between described control member and described the first equipment side limiting element.
A 54. box that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment, described printing equipment has following structure: described printing equipment comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, it is arranged to elastic force is applied to described box, and described printing equipment also comprises the bar with bonding part, and described box comprises:
First surface, second, the 3rd and fourth face, wherein, described first surface and described the second face toward each other and described the 3rd and described fourth face toward each other;
Electronic installation;
Liquid chamber for receiving fluids;
The liquid Supply Structure, it is positioned at described fourth face place, is constructed to liquid is fed to described printing equipment from described liquid chamber, and described liquid Supply Structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described box;
Electricity electric conductivity terminal, it is orientated as than approaching described the second face and more approaches described first surface and be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is arranged to when described box is installed on described printing equipment, contact site office at described terminal contacts and receives elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, the described contact portion of described terminal is arranged in the contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the described plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it is suitable for engaging with the described bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described box on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at than the position that approaches described the 3rd and described first surface and more approach described contact portion.
55. according to the described box of claim 54, wherein, the mid point of the bonding part of described the first restricted part between the cross part of the cross part than approaching described first surface and described contact portion plane and described the 3rd and described first surface more approaches the position of described contact portion.
56., according to the described box of claim claim 54 or 55, wherein, described contact portion plane is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane Cheng Yue 25 limited by described leading edge.
57. according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 56, wherein, when observing the described first surface of described box under the prone state of described liquid Supply Structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of extended line of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of extended line of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
58. according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 57, also be included in the second restricted part on described second of described box, described the second restricted part is suitable for engaging with the various piece of described printing equipment, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
59. according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 58, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be less than the pivotal point of described bar when described box is mounted and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
60. according to the described box of claim 59, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
61. according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 60, wherein, when the described first surface at the described box body of the prone state observation of described liquid Supply Structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part substantially is positioned at the width centre of described box when described box is mounted.
62., according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 61, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described fourth face.
63. according to the described box of any one in claim 54 to 62, also comprise adapter, wherein, the contact portion of described terminal and described the first restricted part are positioned on described adapter, and described liquid chamber is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with described adapter.
64. a box that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment, described printing equipment comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, and it is arranged to elastic force is applied to described box, and described printing equipment also comprises the bar with bonding part, and described box comprises:
First surface, second, the 3rd and fourth face, wherein, described first surface and described the second face toward each other and described the 3rd and described fourth face toward each other;
Electronic installation;
Liquid chamber for receiving fluids;
The liquid Supply Structure, it is positioned at described fourth face place, is constructed to liquid is fed to described printing equipment from described liquid chamber, and described liquid Supply Structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described box;
Electricity electric conductivity terminal, it is orientated as than approaching described the second face and more approaches described first surface and be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is arranged to when described box is installed on described printing equipment, contact site office at described terminal contacts and receives elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, the described contact portion of described terminal is arranged in the contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the described plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described box on the direction contrary with described installation direction, described the first restricted part is arranged on than the position that approaches described the 3rd the second cross part intersected with described first surface and more approach the first cross part of described first surface and described contact portion crossing on the same level.
65., according to the described box of claim 64, wherein, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the position than approaching mid point between described the first cross part and described the second cross part and more approach described the first cross part.
66., according to the described box of claim 64 or 65, wherein, described contact portion plane is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane Cheng Yue 25 limited by described leading edge.
67. according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 66, wherein, when observing the described first surface of described box under the prone state of described liquid Supply Structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of extended line of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of extended line of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
68. according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 67, also be included in the second restricted part on described second of described box, described the second restricted part is suitable for engaging with the various piece of described printing equipment, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
69. according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 68, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be less than the pivotal point of described bar when described box is mounted and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
70. according to the described box of claim 69, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
71. according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 70, wherein, when at the described first surface of the prone state observation of described liquid Supply Structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part substantially is positioned at the width centre of described box when described box is mounted.
72., according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 71, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described fourth face.
73. according to the described box of any one in claim 64 to 72, also comprise adapter, wherein, the contact portion of described terminal and described the first restricted part are positioned on described adapter, and described liquid chamber is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with described adapter.
A 74. box that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment, described printing equipment has following structure: printing equipment comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, it is arranged to elastic force is applied to described box, described printing equipment also comprises the bar with bonding part and pivotal point, and described box comprises:
First surface, second, the 3rd and fourth face, wherein, described first surface and described the second face toward each other and described the 3rd and described fourth face toward each other;
Electronic installation;
Liquid chamber for receiving fluids;
The liquid Supply Structure, it is positioned at described fourth face place, is constructed to liquid is fed to described printing equipment from described liquid chamber, and described liquid Supply Structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described box;
Electricity electric conductivity terminal, it is orientated as than approaching described the second face and more approaches described first surface and be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is arranged to when described box is installed on described printing equipment, contact site office at described terminal contacts and receives elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, the described contact portion of described terminal is arranged in the contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the described plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it is suitable for engaging with the described bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described box on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is arranged such that described box is installed on described printing equipment, and the bonding part of described the first restricted part and described bar engage in the position be positioned at below the pivotal point of described bar.
75., according to the described box of claim 74, wherein, described contact portion plane is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane Cheng Yue 25 limited by leading edge.
76. according to the described box of claim 74 or 75, wherein, when observing the described first surface of described box under the prone state of described liquid Supply Structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of extended line of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of extended line of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
77. according to the described box of any one in claim 74 to 76, also be included in the second restricted part on described second of described box, described the second restricted part is suitable for engaging with the various piece of described printing equipment, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
78. according to the described box of any one in claim 74 to 77, wherein, when the described bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
79. according to the described box of any one in claim 74 to 78, wherein, when at the described first surface of the prone state observation of described liquid Supply Structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part substantially is positioned at the width centre of described box when described box is mounted.
80., according to the described box of any one in claim 74 to 79, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described fourth face.
81. according to the described box of any one in claim 74 to 80, also comprise adapter, wherein, the contact portion of described terminal and described the first restricted part are positioned on described adapter, and described liquid chamber is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with described adapter.
82. a box that is suitable for being installed on printing equipment, described printing equipment comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, and it is arranged to elastic force is applied to described box, and described printing equipment also comprises the bar with bonding part, and described box comprises:
Front portion, rear portion, top and bottom, wherein, described front portion and described rear portion toward each other and described top and described bottom toward each other;
Electronic installation;
Liquid chamber for receiving fluids;
The liquid Supply Structure, it is positioned at place, described bottom, is constructed to liquid is fed to described printing equipment from described liquid chamber, and described liquid Supply Structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described box;
Electricity electric conductivity terminal, it is orientated as than approaching described rear portion and more approaches described front portion and be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is arranged to when described box is installed on described printing equipment, contact site office at described terminal contacts and receives elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, the described contact portion of described terminal is arranged in described contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the described plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And
The first restricted part, it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described box on the direction contrary with described installation direction, described the first restricted part is arranged on the position be positioned at than approaching described top and more approach described contact portion plane.
83. 2 described boxes according to Claim 8, wherein, the mid point of the bonding part of described the first restricted part between the cross part of the cross part than approaching described front portion and described contact portion plane and described top and described front portion more approaches the position of described contact portion.
84. 2 or 83 described boxes according to Claim 8, wherein, described contact portion plane with respect to plane Cheng Yue 25 degree that limited by described leading edge to the angle 40 degree.
85. the described box of any one in 2 to 84 according to Claim 8, wherein, when observing described box described anterior under the prone state of described liquid Supply Structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of extended line of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of extended line of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
86. the described box of any one in 2 to 85 according to Claim 8, wherein, described bonding part is suitable for engaging with rotatable bar, and described rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of described the first bonding part.
87. the described box of any one in 2 to 86 according to Claim 8, also be included in the second restricted part on the described rear portion of described box, described the second restricted part is suitable for engaging with the various piece of described printing equipment, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
88. 7 described boxes according to Claim 8, wherein, described the second restricted part is suitable for being rotated the pivotal point of usining while unloading from the keeper of described printing equipment as rotation at described box.
89. the described box of any one in 2 to 88 according to Claim 8, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and during the prone angle observation box of described liquid Supply Structure, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be less than the pivotal point of described bar when described box is mounted and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
90. 9 described boxes according to Claim 8, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
91. the described box of any one in 2 to 90 according to Claim 8, wherein, when in the described front portion of the prone state observation of described liquid Supply Structure, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part substantially is positioned at the width centre of described box when described box is mounted.
92. the described box of any one in 2 to 91 according to Claim 8, wherein, the plane limited by described leading edge flushes substantially with described bottom.
93. the described box of any one in 2 to 92 according to Claim 8, also comprise adapter, wherein, the contact portion of described terminal and described the first restricted part are positioned on described adapter, and described liquid chamber is suitable for and is constructed to coordinating with described adapter.
94. the described box of any one in 2 to 93 according to Claim 8, wherein, the bonding part of described box engages so that described bar has the mode of the pivotal point above described bonding part with the movable bar of described printing equipment.
95. the combination of a box and printing equipment, described combination comprises:
The described box of any one in 2 to 93 according to Claim 8; And
Printing equipment, it comprises a plurality of equipment side contact formation members that elastic force are applied to described box, and the bar with bonding part, described bonding part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described first restricted part of described box, to limit the movement of described box on the direction contrary with installation direction.
96. according to the described combination of claim 95, wherein, bar has two ends and the pivotal point in the middle of two ends, and the pivotal point of described bar is arranged on the top, bonding part of described first restricted part of described box.
97., according to the described combination of claim 96, wherein, the pivotal point of described bar is arranged on the right side, bonding part of described first restricted part of described box.
98. a liquid delivery system that is suitable for supplying liquid to printing equipment, described printing equipment comprises that a plurality of equipment side contacts form member, and described liquid delivery system comprises:
Electronic installation;
Fluid supply;
The liquid Supply Structure, it is suitable for and is constructed to liquid is fed to described printing equipment from described fluid supply, and described liquid Supply Structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines plane;
Adapter, it has: electric electric conductivity terminal, it is connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is arranged to when described supply system supplies liquid to described printing equipment, contact site office at described terminal contacts and receives elastic force from it with the described formation member that contacts, the contact portion of described terminal is arranged in the contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither not perpendicular with the plane parallel limited by described leading edge yet; And first restricted part, it is arranged on the front portion of described adapter and is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described adapter on the direction contrary with installation direction, described the first restricted part is orientated as with the contact portion plane contiguous.
99., according to the described liquid delivery system of claim 98, wherein, described contact portion plane is spent to the angle 40 degree with respect to the plane Cheng Yue 25 limited by described leading edge.
100. according to the described liquid delivery system of claim 98 or 99, wherein, when observing described box anterior under the prone state of described liquid Supply Structure, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of extended line of left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of the left side of extended line of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of described a plurality of terminals and described a plurality of terminals.
101. according to the described liquid delivery system of any one in claim 98 to 100, also be included in the second restricted part on the rear portion of described box, described the second restricted part is suitable for engaging with the various piece of described printing equipment, wherein, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the second restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be greater than the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
102. according to the described liquid delivery system of any one in claim 98 to 101, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when the vertical orientation measurement in the plane along with being limited by described leading edge apart from the time, the distance between the bonding part of described the first restricted part and the plane that limited by described leading edge be less than the pivotal point of described bar when described box is mounted and the plane that limited by described leading edge between distance.
103. according to the described liquid delivery system of claim 102, wherein, when the bonding part from described the first restricted part to the right and the prone angle of described liquid Supply Structure while observing described box, when described box is mounted, the bonding part of described the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
104. according to the described liquid delivery system of any one in claim 98 to 103, wherein, when at the described adapter of the prone state observation of described liquid Supply Structure anterior, at least a portion of the bonding part of described the first restricted part substantially is positioned at the width centre of described box when described box is mounted.
105. according to the described liquid delivery system of any one in claim 98 to 104, also comprise container assemblies, there is therein described fluid supply and be suitable for coordinating with described adapter.
106., according to the described liquid delivery system of claim 105, wherein, described liquid Supply Structure is arranged on described container assemblies.
107., according to the described liquid delivery system of any one in claim 98 to 104, also comprise:
The tank that wherein there is described fluid supply;
Auxiliary adapter with described liquid Supply Structure; And
The pipeline that described tank is connected with described auxiliary adapter.
CN201310331964.XA 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-003698 2012-01-12
JP2012003694 2012-01-12
JP2012003653 2012-01-12
JP2012-003652 2012-01-12
JP2012-003694 2012-01-12
JP2012-003653 2012-01-12
JP2012003652 2012-01-12
JP2012003698 2012-01-12
JPPCT/JP2012/001395 2012-03-01
PCT/JP2012/001395 WO2013105142A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-01 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,461 2012-03-02
US13/410,528 US8439482B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,478 US8297739B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,478 2012-03-02
US13/410,461 US8297738B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,528 2012-03-02
JP2012189836A JP2013163364A (en) 2012-01-12 2012-08-30 Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP2012-189836 2012-08-30

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201280003040.0A Division CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN103481666A true CN103481666A (en) 2014-01-01
CN103481666B CN103481666B (en) 2015-06-17

Family

ID=49370141

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Country Status (22)

Country Link
EP (3) EP2802459B1 (en)
KR (2) KR101560068B1 (en)
CN (4) CN104723691B (en)
AR (1) AR089713A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2012367439B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013006690A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2806705C (en)
CL (1) CL2014000624A1 (en)
DE (1) DE202013000268U1 (en)
ES (3) ES2741317T3 (en)
GB (1) GB2499105B (en)
HK (2) HK1187307A1 (en)
IL (1) IL231002A0 (en)
IT (1) ITTO20130019A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2013003348A (en)
PE (1) PE20141866A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2614960T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2604791C2 (en)
SG (3) SG2014008221A (en)
TW (2) TWI637859B (en)
WO (1) WO2013105195A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201401028B (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105383180A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-09 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid Supply Unit
CN105383179A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-09 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid supply unit
CN106004059A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-10-12 精工爱普生株式会社 Case and liquid jetting system
WO2017031997A1 (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-03-02 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Fastenable ink cartridge and ink cartridge connecting to cartridge retainer

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ITTO20130195A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2013-06-11 Fameccanica Data Spa METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL
JP6232932B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2017-11-22 ブラザー工業株式会社 Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge
EP3064359A1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-07 Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container
CN106739531B (en) * 2017-01-11 2019-03-12 珠海欣威科技有限公司 The print cartridge positioned by lever
DE102017102529B4 (en) 2017-02-09 2020-07-16 Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. Inkjet printer
CN109591458B (en) * 2018-11-28 2020-07-24 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 Ink tube flat cable fixing device
JP7275604B2 (en) * 2019-01-31 2023-05-18 株式会社リコー Mobile object, equipment for ejecting liquid
CN110027324A (en) * 2019-05-06 2019-07-19 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate
CN110515286A (en) * 2019-08-27 2019-11-29 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 Developer replenishing container

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4907018A (en) * 1988-11-21 1990-03-06 Hewlett-Packard Company Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
US6276780B1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2001-08-21 Xerox Corporation Fail-safe ink tank latching system
CN1840346A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-04 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid container and method for manufacturing same
CN1927591A (en) * 2002-11-26 2007-03-14 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge

Family Cites Families (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1304983C (en) * 1987-10-23 1992-07-14 David W. Pinkernell Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
JP3582592B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2004-10-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device
US5646665A (en) * 1993-04-30 1997-07-08 Hewlett-Packard Company Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage
AU688545B2 (en) * 1994-08-24 1998-03-12 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink container for ink jet printer, holder for the container carriage for the holder and ink jet printer
US6074042A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-06-13 Hewlett-Packard Company Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system
ES2251929T3 (en) 1998-05-18 2006-05-16 Seiko Epson Corporation INK CARTRIDGE FOR PRINTER WITH INK JET.
KR100375690B1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2003-03-17 주식회사 잉크테크 Appliance for fixing ink cartridge
TW541247B (en) * 2000-01-31 2003-07-11 Hewlett Packard Co Latch and handle arrangement for a replaceable ink container
CN100415526C (en) * 2000-10-11 2008-09-03 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet printer
CN1899833A (en) * 2000-10-11 2007-01-24 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet printer
US6644780B2 (en) * 2001-03-24 2003-11-11 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads
JP3783585B2 (en) 2001-07-13 2006-06-07 ブラザー工業株式会社 Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus
JP2003053999A (en) 2001-08-22 2003-02-26 Brother Ind Ltd Imaging apparatus
CA2379725C (en) 2001-04-03 2007-06-12 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink cartridge
JP2004122487A (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-22 Canon Inc Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recorder, method for mounting/demounting tank
GB2402368B (en) 2002-11-26 2005-06-08 Seiko Epson Corp Ink cartridge and recording apparatus
CN2589199Y (en) * 2002-12-27 2003-12-03 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 Cartridge filling supporting structure
US7384124B2 (en) 2003-01-17 2008-06-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus
JP2005131927A (en) 2003-10-30 2005-05-26 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid jetting apparatus and its liquid container
JP4058436B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2008-03-12 キヤノン株式会社 Ink storage container
JP4058434B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2008-03-12 キヤノン株式会社 Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system
MXPA04012681A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-01 Canon Kk Liquid container and liquid supplying system.
US7384116B2 (en) * 2004-10-20 2008-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid container and ink jet printing apparatus
JP4144637B2 (en) * 2005-12-26 2008-09-03 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material container, substrate, printing apparatus, and method for preparing printing material container
DE102006036716B3 (en) * 2006-06-02 2007-09-27 Artech Gmbh Design + Production In Plastic Printer e.g. inkjet printer, retrofitting device, has cartridge retaining device to retain replaceable original ink cartridges, and locking pin to lock fastener in fastening position when insert-ink cartridge is attached in retaining device
JP5288743B2 (en) * 2006-08-23 2013-09-11 キヤノン株式会社 Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus
DE102008009460A1 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element
US8091993B2 (en) * 2008-05-22 2012-01-10 Videojet Technologies Inc. Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge
JP2012001395A (en) 2010-06-17 2012-01-05 Shimizu Corp High-strength concrete
JP5442541B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-03-12 日本電信電話株式会社 WEB information acquisition method and apparatus
JP5585235B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-09-10 富士通株式会社 Storage control device, storage control method, storage system
JP5573402B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-08-20 株式会社リコー CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM
JP5465105B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-04-09 三菱電機株式会社 Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method
JP5720148B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2015-05-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system
JP5569475B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2014-08-13 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus
JP2012189836A (en) 2011-03-11 2012-10-04 Canon Inc Projection device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4907018A (en) * 1988-11-21 1990-03-06 Hewlett-Packard Company Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
US6276780B1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2001-08-21 Xerox Corporation Fail-safe ink tank latching system
CN1927591A (en) * 2002-11-26 2007-03-14 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge
CN1840346A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-04 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid container and method for manufacturing same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105383180A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-09 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid Supply Unit
CN105383179A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-09 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid supply unit
CN106004059A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-10-12 精工爱普生株式会社 Case and liquid jetting system
WO2017031997A1 (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-03-02 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Fastenable ink cartridge and ink cartridge connecting to cartridge retainer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR089713A1 (en) 2014-09-10
SG10201505419YA (en) 2015-08-28
CA2806705A1 (en) 2013-07-12
SG10201710233UA (en) 2018-01-30
DE202013000268U1 (en) 2013-04-24
RU2604791C2 (en) 2016-12-10
ITTO20130019A1 (en) 2013-07-13
AU2013202147A1 (en) 2013-08-01
ES2531151T3 (en) 2015-03-11
EP2802459A1 (en) 2014-11-19
EP2802459B1 (en) 2019-07-17
HK1187307A1 (en) 2014-04-04
GB201300618D0 (en) 2013-02-27
ES2741317T3 (en) 2020-02-10
AU2012367439B2 (en) 2015-02-05
CN106240160A (en) 2016-12-21
CN103370203A (en) 2013-10-23
CL2014000624A1 (en) 2014-12-05
RU2013112679A (en) 2016-03-10
GB2499105B (en) 2014-09-17
GB2499105A (en) 2013-08-07
PE20141866A1 (en) 2014-12-24
CA2806705C (en) 2016-02-23
KR20140102176A (en) 2014-08-21
TW201345737A (en) 2013-11-16
KR101913890B1 (en) 2018-10-31
MX2013003348A (en) 2013-08-26
CN104723691A (en) 2015-06-24
EP2653316B1 (en) 2015-05-06
WO2013105195A1 (en) 2013-07-18
NZ620415A (en) 2016-03-31
TWI566954B (en) 2017-01-21
HK1187863A1 (en) 2014-04-17
AU2013202147B8 (en) 2016-12-15
ZA201401028B (en) 2016-01-27
BR112013006690A2 (en) 2016-06-07
TWI637859B (en) 2018-10-11
IL231002A0 (en) 2014-03-31
SG2014008221A (en) 2014-03-28
CN104723691B (en) 2017-05-03
KR20130114099A (en) 2013-10-16
PL2614960T3 (en) 2015-04-30
ES2543792T3 (en) 2015-08-21
AU2012367439A1 (en) 2013-08-22
KR101560068B1 (en) 2015-10-13
EP2653316A1 (en) 2013-10-23
EP2614960A1 (en) 2013-07-17
CN103370203B (en) 2016-08-31
TW201720667A (en) 2017-06-16
CN103481666B (en) 2015-06-17
AU2013202147B2 (en) 2016-11-17
EP2614960B1 (en) 2014-12-03
CN106240160B (en) 2018-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN103481666B (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
AU2012101587A4 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US8297739B1 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP6443480B2 (en) cartridge
US8974044B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US9039153B2 (en) Printing apparatus and printing material supply system
CA2915590C (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP5532155B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20150617

Termination date: 20211226